]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/tm.texi.in
gcc/ada/
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / tm.texi.in
CommitLineData
3aea1f79 1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
202d6e5f 2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
202d6e5f 35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
56* Misc:: Everything else.
57@end menu
58
59@node Target Structure
60@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
61@cindex target hooks
62@cindex target functions
63
64@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
65The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
66which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
67machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
68@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
69used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
70for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those
71macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example:
72@smallexample
73#include "target.h"
74#include "target-def.h"
75
76/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */
77
78#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
79#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
80
81struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
82@end smallexample
83@end deftypevar
84
85Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
86form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
87``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future
88from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
89@code{targetm} structure.
90
c94b1d0e 91Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
92specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
93Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
851d9296 94initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
c94b1d0e 95@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
96themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
97@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
98
3e87b980 99Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
100are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
101documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in
102@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
103@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
104@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize
105@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
106@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
107default definition is used.
108
202d6e5f 109@node Driver
110@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
111@cindex driver
112@cindex controlling the compilation driver
113
114@c prevent bad page break with this line
115You can control the compilation driver.
116
202d6e5f 117@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
118A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable
119initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
120
121The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
122default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
123choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It
124applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
125options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options
126using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
127
128This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
129options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
130that the other specs are easier to write.
131
132Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
133@end defmac
134
135@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
136A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
137@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer
138for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
139outermost pair of surrounding braces.
140
141The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match
142the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec
143to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string
144@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
145everywhere it occurs.
146
147The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
148default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
149the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
150
151Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
152@end defmac
153
154@defmac CPP_SPEC
155A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
156pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you
157give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
158
159Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
160@end defmac
161
162@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
163This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
164than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of
165@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
166@end defmac
167
168@defmac CC1_SPEC
169A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
170pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
171front ends.
172It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
173for GCC to pass to front ends.
174
175Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
176@end defmac
177
178@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
179A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
180pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
181give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
182
183Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
184Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
185@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
186CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
187@end defmac
188
189@defmac ASM_SPEC
190A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
191pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
192you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
193See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
194
195Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
200run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
201Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
202an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
208Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
209an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
210read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
211output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any
212@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
213
214If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
215standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler
216cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
217see @file{mips.h} for instance.
218@end defmac
219
220@defmac LINK_SPEC
221A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
222pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
223give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
224
225Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
226@end defmac
227
228@defmac LIB_SPEC
229Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
230between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
231command given to the linker.
232
233If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
234loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
238Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
239how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
240linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
241the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
242
243If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
244passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
245@end defmac
246
247@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
248By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
249@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
250instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
251depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
252@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On
253targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
254@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
255driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
256line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
257@end defmac
258
259@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
260A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
261mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be
8aaed91d 262generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
263shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
202d6e5f 264static exception handler library, when linking without any of
265@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
269If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
270When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
271the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
272@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
273@end defmac
274
275@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
276Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
277difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
278the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
279
280If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
281standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
286difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very end of the command given to the linker.
288
289Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
290@end defmac
291
292@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
293GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
294However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
295models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define
296@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
297blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the
298default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
299@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
300@end defmac
301
302@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
303Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
304configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
305et al, within sysroot+suffix.
306@end defmac
307
308@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
309Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
310GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the
311updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
312usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
313@end defmac
314
315@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
316Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
317@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
318@code{CC1_SPEC}.
319
320The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
321containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
322string constant that provides the specification.
323
324Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
325
326@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
327related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
328to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
329these definitions.
330
331For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
332define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
333used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
334used.
335
336The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
337
338@smallexample
339#define EXTRA_SPECS \
340 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
341
342#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
343@end smallexample
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
346@smallexample
347#undef CPP_SPEC
348#define CPP_SPEC \
349"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
350%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
351%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
352%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
353
354#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
355#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
356@end smallexample
357
358while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
359@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
360
361@smallexample
362#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
363#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
364@end smallexample
365@end defmac
366
367@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
368Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
369@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
370the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
371@end defmac
372
373@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
374The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
375By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
376@end defmac
377
378@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
379A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
380linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
381change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore,
382define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
383line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
384the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
385@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
386@end defmac
387
3e87b980 388@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
389
202d6e5f 390@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
391Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
392string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
393target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
394@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
395
396Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
397the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
398@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
399@xref{Target Fragment}.
400@end defmac
401
402@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
403Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
404a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
405indicates an absolute file name.
406@end defmac
407
408@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
409If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
410@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
411when the compiler is built as a cross
412compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
413to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.in}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
417Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
418standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
419try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
420@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
421is built as a cross compiler.
422@end defmac
423
424@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
425Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
426standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
427when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
428@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
429is built as a cross compiler.
430@end defmac
431
432@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
433Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
434standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
435default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
436@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
437is built as a cross compiler.
438@end defmac
439
440@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
441If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
442standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
443compiler is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
447If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
448standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
449cross compiler.
450@end defmac
451
452@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
453Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
454variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
455loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
456initialize the necessary environment variables.
457@end defmac
458
459@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
460Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
461standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
462try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
638454a1 463comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
464@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
202d6e5f 465
466Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
467replacement.
468@end defmac
469
638454a1 470@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
471The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
202d6e5f 472See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
473If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
474@end defmac
475
476@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
477Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
478for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path
479usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
638454a1 480@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
481@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
202d6e5f 482and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
483and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory
484@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
485
486The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
487Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
488string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
489for C++-only directories,
490and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
491wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of
492the array with a null element.
493
494The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
495if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
496or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
497operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
498
499For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
500
501@smallexample
502#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
503@{ \
504 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \
505 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \
506 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \
507 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \
508 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \
509@}
510@end smallexample
511@end defmac
512
513Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
514
515@enumerate
516@item
517Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
518
519@item
520The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
15b474a2 521is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
202d6e5f 522@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
523
524@item
525The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
526
527@item
528The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
15b474a2 529in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
202d6e5f 530
531@item
15b474a2 532The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 533
534@item
15b474a2 535The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 536
537@item
15b474a2 538The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
202d6e5f 539compiler.
540@end enumerate
541
542Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
543
544@enumerate
545@item
546Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
547
548@item
549The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
550value based on the installed toolchain location.
551
552@item
553The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
554(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
555
556@item
557The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
15b474a2 558in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
202d6e5f 559
560@item
561The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
562
563@item
15b474a2 564The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
202d6e5f 565compiler.
566
567@item
15b474a2 568The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
202d6e5f 569native compiler, or we have a target system root.
570
571@item
15b474a2 572The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
202d6e5f 573native compiler, or we have a target system root.
574
575@item
576The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
577If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
578the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
579
580@item
581The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
582compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
583@file{/lib/}.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
587compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
588@file{/usr/lib/}.
589@end enumerate
590
591@node Run-time Target
592@section Run-time Target Specification
593@cindex run-time target specification
594@cindex predefined macros
595@cindex target specifications
596
597@c prevent bad page break with this line
598Here are run-time target specifications.
599
600@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
601This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
602built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
603the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
604@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end
605calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
606finished command line option processing your code can use those
607results freely.
608
609@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
610command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
611the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
612accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
613
614@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
615object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
616@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it
617defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
618with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
619only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For
620example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
621and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
622@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
623defines only @code{_ABI64}.
624
625You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable
626@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
627or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing
628assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
629macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
630to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
631variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro
632@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
633preprocessing.
634@end defmac
635
636@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
637Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
638and is used for the target operating system instead.
639@end defmac
640
641@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
642Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
643and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this
644macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
645it yourself.
646@end defmac
647
648@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
649This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
650any target-specific headers.
651@end deftypevar
652
653@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
654This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
655Its default setting is 0.
656@end deftypevr
657
658@cindex optional hardware or system features
659@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
660
661@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
662This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
663target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
664(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
665processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default
666definition does nothing but return true.
667
fba5dd52 668@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and
669@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
670storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
671option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
672via attributes).
202d6e5f 673@end deftypefn
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
676This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
678definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some
679option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
680valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The
681default definition does nothing but return false.
682
683In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
684options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are
685only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
686should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
687@end deftypefn
688
1f6616ee 689@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
690
ff6624bc 691@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
692
693@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
694
1f6616ee 695@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
696
697@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
d4238e8b 698
202d6e5f 699@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
202d6e5f 700
701@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
4c834714 702This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
703but is only used in the C
202d6e5f 704language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
705used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
706frontends.
707@end defmac
708
c17f64cc 709@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
202d6e5f 710Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
c17f64cc 711various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes
712options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These
713options are processed once
202d6e5f 714just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
c17f64cc 715of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
b59688ee 716options passed explicitly.
202d6e5f 717
c17f64cc 718This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
202d6e5f 719options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
720@code{optimize} attribute.
c17f64cc 721@end deftypevr
202d6e5f 722
cc07c468 723@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
724
686e2769 725@hook TARGET_OPTION_DEFAULT_PARAMS
726
821d4118 727@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
728Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
729during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
730the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code
731can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
732and @code{nomips16} attributes.
733
734Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
735registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
736operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information
737in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
738significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility
739for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
740switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
741
742Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default
743is 0.
744@end defmac
745
4c866b9b 746@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
747
202d6e5f 748@node Per-Function Data
749@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
750@cindex per-function data
751@cindex data structures
752
753If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
754provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just
755using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
756nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
757when another one comes along.
758
759GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
760contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This
761structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
762@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
763to their own specific data.
764
765If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
766@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
767This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
768@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below.
769
770One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
771RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This
772RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
773function, for level 0.
774
775Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
776all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested
777function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
778stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
779stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called
780@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
781the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the
782single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
783longer supported.
784
785@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
786Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro
787is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
788The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
789function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
790@end defmac
791
792@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
793If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
794function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
795target to perform any target specific initialization of the
796@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be
797used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
798
799@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
800Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
801GC allocation, including the structure itself.
802@end deftypevar
803
804@node Storage Layout
805@section Storage Layout
806@cindex storage layout
807
808Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
809alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
810expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
811@xref{Run-time Target}.
812
813@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
814Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
815byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
816This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
817bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
818be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
819macro need not be a constant.
820
821This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
822bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
823@end defmac
824
825@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
827word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
828@end defmac
829
830@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
831Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
832most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
76c64076 833memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
834order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This
202d6e5f 835macro need not be a constant.
836@end defmac
837
76c64076 838@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
839On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
840registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe
841the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
842the order of words in memory.
843@end defmac
844
202d6e5f 845@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
846Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
847@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
848containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
849have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
850
851You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
852multi-word integers.
853@end defmac
854
202d6e5f 855@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
856Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default
857is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
858@end defmac
859
860@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
861Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
862@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
863largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
864@end defmac
865
866@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
867Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
868register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
869@end defmac
870
871@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
872Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
873@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
874smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
875@end defmac
876
202d6e5f 877@defmac POINTER_SIZE
878Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
879width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
880you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify
881a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
882@end defmac
883
884@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
885A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
886@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is
887greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
888should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
889is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
890@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
891
892You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
893and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
897A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
898is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
899stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
900scalar type.
901
902On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
903register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
904@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
905cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
906floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
907counterparts.
908
909For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
910However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
911either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
912the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
913sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
914@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
915
916Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
917@end defmac
918
919@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
202d6e5f 920
921@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
922Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
923bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
924regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
925size of an integer.
926@end defmac
927
928@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
929Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
930stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
931desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
932if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines,
933this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
934@end defmac
935
936@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
937Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
938stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
939is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
940macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
941@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
942@end defmac
943
944@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
945Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
946from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate
947to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
948@end defmac
949
950@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
951Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
952@end defmac
953
954@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
955Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
956bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
957just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
958@end defmac
959
960@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
961Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
962provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
963@end defmac
964
965@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
966Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If
967not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
968@end defmac
969
970@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
971If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
972object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
973nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
974on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
975@end defmac
976
977@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
978Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
979machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
980structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
981by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
982@end defmac
983
984@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{computed})
985An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} if the
986alignment computed in the usual way (including applying of
987@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
988alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the
989field alignment has not been set by the
990@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
991@end defmac
992
993@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
994Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro
995to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
996
997If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
998
999@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1000@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1001@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1002@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1003@end defmac
1004
1005@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1006Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1007Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1008@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. If not defined,
1009the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1010
1011On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1012the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
3a4303e7 1013a 32-bit host e.g. @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
202d6e5f 1014On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1015@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1016@end defmac
1017
1018@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1019If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1020the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1021the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1022macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1023
1024If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1025
1026@findex strcpy
1027One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1028make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
1029arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1030constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1031@end defmac
1032
a16734cd 1033@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1034Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1035some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@
1036AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1037must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1038
1039If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1040@end defmac
1041
202d6e5f 1042@defmac CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (@var{constant}, @var{basic-align})
1043If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
1044that is being placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and
1045@var{basic-align} is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
1046have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1047align the object.
1048
1049If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1050
1051The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
1052constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1053constants can be done inline.
1054@end defmac
1055
1056@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1057If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1058the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1059the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1060macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1061
1062If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1063
1064One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1065make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
c6e790c5 1066
2f05705b 1067If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1068@end defmac
1069
482a44fa 1070@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1071
202d6e5f 1072@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1073If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1074@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1075and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1076have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1077align the slot.
1078
1079If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1080@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1081be used.
1082
1083This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1084of all possible modes which the slot may have.
c6e790c5 1085
2f05705b 1086If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1087@end defmac
1088
1089@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1090If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1091variable @var{decl}.
1092
1093If this macro is not defined, then
1094@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1095is used.
1096
1097One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1098make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
c6e790c5 1099
2f05705b 1100If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 1101@end defmac
1102
1103@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1104If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1105for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1106@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1107
1108If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1109@end defmac
1110
1111@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1112Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1113empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1114
1115If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1116@end defmac
1117
1118@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1119Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1120Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1121
1122If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1123@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1124@end defmac
1125
1126@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1127Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1128if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
1129go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1130@end defmac
1131
1132@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1133Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1134alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1135
1136The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1137@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1138structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1139that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1140that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1141
1142Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1143@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1144four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may
1145not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1146
1147An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1148structure.
1149
1150If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1151a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1152
1153Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1154bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
1155support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1156@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1157
1158The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1159@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1160Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1161
1162Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1163@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1164@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1165
1166If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1167bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1168what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
1169
1170@smallexample
1171struct foo1
1172@{
1173 char x;
1174 char :0;
1175 char y;
1176@};
1177
1178struct foo2
1179@{
1180 char x;
1181 int :0;
1182 char y;
1183@};
1184
1185main ()
1186@{
1187 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1188 sizeof (struct foo1));
1189 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1190 sizeof (struct foo2));
1191 exit (0);
1192@}
1193@end smallexample
1194
1195If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1196get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1197@end defmac
1198
1199@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1200Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1201to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1202@end defmac
1203
1204@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
202d6e5f 1205
1206@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
202d6e5f 1207
f91ed644 1208@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
202d6e5f 1209
1210@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1211Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1212by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1213way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1214@var{specified}.
1215
1216The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1217the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1218@end defmac
1219
1220@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1221An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1222machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
1223this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1224appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1225(DImode)} is assumed.
1226@end defmac
1227
1228@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
3754d046 1229If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
202d6e5f 1230specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1231@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1232@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1233@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1234having its mode specified.
1235
1236You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You
1237would most commonly define this macro if the
1238@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
123964-bit mode.
1240@end defmac
1241
1242@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
3754d046 1243If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
202d6e5f 1244specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1245@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1246
1247You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1248You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1249pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1250@end defmac
1251
1252@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
202d6e5f 1253
1254@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
202d6e5f 1255
1256@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
202d6e5f 1257
202d6e5f 1258@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
202d6e5f 1259
1260@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 1261
1262@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 1263
1264@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
202d6e5f 1265
1266@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
202d6e5f 1267
1268@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
202d6e5f 1269
1270@node Type Layout
1271@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1272
1273These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1274basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
1275the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1276languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1277
1278@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1279A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1280target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1281@end defmac
1282
1283@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1284A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1285target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1286(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1287unit.)
1288@end defmac
1289
1290@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1291A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1292target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1293@end defmac
1294
1295@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1296On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1297@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In
1298that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1299the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the
1300value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1301@end defmac
1302
1303@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1304A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1305target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1306words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1307macro must be at least 64.
1308@end defmac
1309
1310@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1311A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1312target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1313@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1314@end defmac
1315
1316@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1317A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1318C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define
1319this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1320@end defmac
1321
1322@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1323A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1324target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1325@end defmac
1326
1327@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1328A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1329target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1330words.
1331@end defmac
1332
1333@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1334A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1335the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1336words.
1337@end defmac
1338
1339@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1340A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1341the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1342@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1343@end defmac
1344
1345@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1346A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1347the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1348@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1349@end defmac
1350
1351@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1352A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1353the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1354@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1355@end defmac
1356
1357@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1358A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1359the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1360@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1361@end defmac
1362
1363@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1364A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1365the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1366@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1367@end defmac
1368
1369@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1370A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1371the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1372@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1373@end defmac
1374
1375@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1376A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1377the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1378@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1379@end defmac
1380
1381@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1382A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1383the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1384@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1385@end defmac
1386
f308a9b2 1387@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1388This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1389hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It
1390causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1391prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which
1392uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1393the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1394@end defmac
1395
202d6e5f 1396@defmac TARGET_FLT_EVAL_METHOD
1397A C expression for the value for @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} in @file{float.h},
1398assuming, if applicable, that the floating-point control word is in its
1399default state. If you do not define this macro the value of
1400@code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} will be zero.
1401@end defmac
1402
1403@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1404A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1405supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a
1406value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1407If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1408is the default.
1409@end defmac
1410
1411@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1412An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1413@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
1414always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1415and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1416@end defmac
1417
1418@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
202d6e5f 1419
1420@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1421A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1422for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1423contents of the string.
1424
1425The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
1426spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1427appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
1428of the data type names defined in the function
816c3ff2 1429@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1430You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1431compiler to crash on startup.
202d6e5f 1432
1433If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1434int"}.
1435@end defmac
1436
748e5d45 1437@defmac SIZETYPE
1438GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1439@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1440dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1441the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1442is extracted.
1443
1444The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1445
1446If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1447@end defmac
1448
202d6e5f 1449@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1450A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1451for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
1452@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
1453@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1454
1455If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1456@end defmac
1457
1458@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1459A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1460for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1461the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1462information.
1463
1464If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1465@end defmac
1466
1467@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1468A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1469characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1470@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1471@end defmac
1472
1473@defmac WINT_TYPE
1474A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1475use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1476@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1477contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1478information.
1479
1480If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1481@end defmac
1482
1483@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1484A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1485can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1486The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1487string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1488
1489If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1490@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1491much precision as @code{long long int}.
1492@end defmac
1493
1494@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1495A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1496can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1497type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1498of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1499
1500If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1501@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1502unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1503int}.
1504@end defmac
1505
1506@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1507@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1508@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1509@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1510@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1511@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1512@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1513@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1514@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1515@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1516@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1517@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1518@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1519@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1520@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1521@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1522@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1523@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1524@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1525@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1526@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1527@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1528@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1529@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1530@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1531@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1532@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1533C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1534@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1535@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1536@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1537@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1538@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1539@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1540@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1541@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See
1542@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1543
1544If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1545type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1546@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1547to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of
1548these macros are null pointers.
1549@end defmac
1550
1551@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1552The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1553that looks like:
1554
1555@smallexample
1556 struct @{
1557 union @{
1558 void (*fn)();
1559 ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1560 @};
1561 ptrdiff_t delta;
1562 @};
1563@end smallexample
1564
1565@noindent
1566The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1567will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1568Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1569always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1570distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some
1571platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In
1572that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1573the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1574
1575GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1576this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1577However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1578set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1579bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1580address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your
1581architecture, you should define this macro to
1582@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1583
1584In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures
1585in which function addresses are always even, according to
1586@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1587@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1588@end defmac
1589
1590@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1591Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This
1592macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1593instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1594function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the
1595data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1596pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1597
1598If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1599of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1600@end defmac
1601
1602@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1603By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1604is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies
1605the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only
1606when special alignment is necessary. */
1607@end defmac
1608
1609@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1610There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1611zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1612specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1613of words in each data entry.
1614@end defmac
1615
1616@node Registers
1617@section Register Usage
1618@cindex register usage
1619
1620This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1621has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1622
1623The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1624done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
1625on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1626For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1627For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1628
1629@menu
1630* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
1631* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
1632* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1633* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1634* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1635@end menu
1636
1637@node Register Basics
1638@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1639
1640@c prevent bad page break with this line
1641Registers have various characteristics.
1642
1643@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1644Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
1645numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1646pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1647@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1648@end defmac
1649
1650@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1651@cindex fixed register
1652An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1653all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1654general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1655pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1656register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1657machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1658and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1659
1660This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1661commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1662register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1663
1664The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1665the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1666by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1667the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1668@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1669@end defmac
1670
1671@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1672@cindex call-used register
1673@cindex call-clobbered register
1674@cindex call-saved register
1675Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1676clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1677registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1678available for general allocation of values that must live across
1679function calls.
1680
1681If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1682automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1683exit, if the register is used within the function.
1684@end defmac
1685
1686@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1687@cindex call-used register
1688@cindex call-clobbered register
1689@cindex call-saved register
1690Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1691that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1692(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1693This macro is optional. If not specified, it defaults to the value
1694of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}.
1695@end defmac
1696
1697@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1698@cindex call-used register
1699@cindex call-clobbered register
1700@cindex call-saved register
1701A C expression that is nonzero if it is not permissible to store a
1702value of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} across a
1703call without some part of it being clobbered. For most machines this
1704macro need not be defined. It is only required for machines that do not
1705preserve the entire contents of a register across a call.
1706@end defmac
1707
1708@findex fixed_regs
1709@findex call_used_regs
1710@findex global_regs
1711@findex reg_names
1712@findex reg_class_contents
b2d7ede1 1713@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
202d6e5f 1714
1715@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1716Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1717expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1718corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1719function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1720outbound register.
1721@end defmac
1722
1723@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1724Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1725expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1726corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1727function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1728register.
1729@end defmac
1730
1731@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1732Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1733expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1734register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1735need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1736gotos.
1737@end defmac
1738
1739@defmac PC_REGNUM
1740If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1741register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
1742@end defmac
1743
1744@node Allocation Order
1745@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1746@cindex order of register allocation
1747@cindex register allocation order
1748
1749@c prevent bad page break with this line
1750Registers are allocated in order.
1751
1752@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1753If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1754numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1755to use them (from most preferred to least).
1756
1757If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1758(all else being equal).
1759
1760One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1761registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1762instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
1763machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1764the highest numbered allocable register first.
1765@end defmac
1766
1767@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1768A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1769hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1770
1771Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1772Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1773register; and so on.
1774
1775The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1776@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1777
1778On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1779@end defmac
1780
1781@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1782Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1783prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from
1784using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1785allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
d44f2f7c 1786call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1787macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
202d6e5f 1788@end defmac
1789
1790@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1791In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1792Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1793If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1794based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1795be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1796value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent
1797to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1798
1799On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1800@end defmac
1801
1802@node Values in Registers
1803@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1804
1805This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1806(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1807consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1808
1809@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1810A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
1811at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode
1812@var{mode}. This macro must never return zero, even if a register
1813cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1814and/or CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS instead.
1815
1816On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
1817definition of this macro is
1818
1819@smallexample
1820#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
1821 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \
1822 / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1823@end smallexample
1824@end defmac
1825
1826@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1827A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1828in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1829in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1830multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1831this mode by the number of registers returned by
1832@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero.
1833
1834For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1835registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1836nonzero.
1837
1838This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1839@code{subreg_get_info}
1840would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1841represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1842@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1843registers and so not be representable.
1844@end defmac
1845
1846@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1847For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1848@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1849returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1850including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four.
1851@end defmac
1852
1853@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1854Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1855of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that
1856should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is
1857used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This
1858happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1859floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1860@end defmac
1861
1862@defmac HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1863A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
1864of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several
1865registers starting with that one). For a machine where all registers
1866are equivalent, a suitable definition is
1867
1868@smallexample
1869#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
1870@end smallexample
1871
1872You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,
1873because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
1874
1875@cindex register pairs
1876On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
1877register pairs. You can implement that by defining this macro to reject
1878odd register numbers for such modes.
1879
1880The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
1881@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the
1882register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
1883value into the register and back out not alter it.
1884
1885Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for
1886all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
1887@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} to distinguish between these modes, provided
1888you define patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This
1889is useful because of the interaction between @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}
1890and @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer modes
1891to be tieable.
1892
1893Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
1894Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
1895in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that
1896can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine
1897mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
1898registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
1899
1900On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
1901modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating
1902registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
1903non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,
1904@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in
1905floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically
1906normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
1907unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
1908register, so you can define this macro to say so.
1909
1910The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
1911they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
1912instructions. However, this is of no concern to
1913@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper
1914constraints for those instructions.
1915
1916On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
1917so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
1918register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the
1919floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not
1920be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
1921@end defmac
1922
1923@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1924A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1925@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1926
1927One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1928another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1929handler.
1930
1931The default is always nonzero.
1932@end defmac
1933
1934@defmac MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})
1935A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode
1936@var{mode1} is accessible in mode @var{mode2} without copying.
1937
1938If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and
1939@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always the same for
1940any @var{r}, then @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}
1941should be nonzero. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define
1942this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the
1943accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
1944
1945You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as
1946possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
1947allocation.
1948@end defmac
1949
1950@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
202d6e5f 1951
1952@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1953Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1954registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1955@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1956@end defmac
1957
1958@node Leaf Functions
1959@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1960
1961@cindex leaf functions
1962@cindex functions, leaf
1963On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1964more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
1965means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1966are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1967normally arrive.
1968
1969The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1970other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1971registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
1972function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1973handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1974functions''.
1975
1976GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1977suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
1978registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
1979accomplish this.
1980
1981@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1982Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1983contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1984function treatment.
1985
1986If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1987registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1988GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
1989used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1990in this vector.
1991
1992Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1993the treatment of leaf functions.
1994@end defmac
1995
1996@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1997A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1998should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1999
2000If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
2001function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
2002will cause the compiler to abort.
2003
2004Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
2005treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
2006this.
2007@end defmac
2008
2009@findex current_function_is_leaf
2010@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
2011@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
2012@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
2013specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
2014which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
2015set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
2016compiler passes. They can also test the C variable
2017@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
2018functions which only use leaf registers.
2019@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
2020that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
2021@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
2022@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
2023@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
2024
2025@node Stack Registers
2026@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
2027
2028There are special features to handle computers where some of the
2029``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by
2030pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
2031stack.
2032
2033Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
2034they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing
2035support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
2036point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses
2037stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
2038@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
2039with it, as well as defining these macros.
2040
2041@defmac STACK_REGS
2042Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
2043@end defmac
2044
2045@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
2046This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if
2047the machine has any stack-like registers.
2048@end defmac
2049
2050@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
2051The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
2052of the stack.
2053@end defmac
2054
2055@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
2056The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
2057the stack.
2058@end defmac
2059
2060@node Register Classes
2061@section Register Classes
2062@cindex register class definitions
2063@cindex class definitions, register
2064
2065On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
2066For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
2067certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
2068restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
2069
2070You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
2071which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
2072that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
2073
2074@findex ALL_REGS
2075@findex NO_REGS
2076In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
2077class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
2078class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
2079union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2080
2081@findex GENERAL_REGS
2082One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
2083terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2084@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2085the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2086to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2087
2088Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2089then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2090
2091The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2092constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2093You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2094them in operand constraints.
2095
a4621139 2096You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2097registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2098some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2099cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2100(@pxref{Costs}).
2101
202d6e5f 2102You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2103instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
2104either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2105certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
15edf55e 2106which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2107or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
851d9296 2108class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
202d6e5f 2109
2110You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2111classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2112contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2113in their union.
2114
2115When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2116certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2117Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2118a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
2119specify this requirement is with @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2120
2121Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2122instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2123each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2124mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
2125single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
2126this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2127instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2128single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
2129@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2130
2131@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2132An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2133as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
2134must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2135@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2136tells how many classes there are.
2137
2138Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2139the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
2140in many of the tables described below.
2141@end deftp
2142
2143@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2144The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2145
2146@smallexample
2147#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2148@end smallexample
2149@end defmac
2150
2151@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2152An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2153constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2154@end defmac
2155
2156@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2157An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2158which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2159@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2160register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2161
2162When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2163Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2164several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2165for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2166In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2167registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2168so on.
2169@end defmac
2170
2171@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2172A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2173@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2174which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2175register.
2176@end defmac
2177
2178@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2179A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2180base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
2181which is the register value plus a displacement.
2182@end defmac
2183
2184@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2185This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2186the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If
2187@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2188@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2189@end defmac
2190
2191@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2192A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2193base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2194register address. You should define this macro if base plus index
2195addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2196@end defmac
2197
f8a8fc7b 2198@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
202d6e5f 2199A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
f8a8fc7b 2200base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2201space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2202define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is
2203the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2204of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
202d6e5f 2205@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2206index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2207@end defmac
2208
2209@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2210A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2211index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
2212address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2213added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2214@end defmac
2215
2216@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2217A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2218suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
202d6e5f 2219@end defmac
2220
2221@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2222A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2223that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2224@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2225reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If
2226you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2227@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2228addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2229@code{address_operand}.
202d6e5f 2230@end defmac
2231
2232@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2233A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2234use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2235memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2236pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should
2237define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2238than other base register uses.
2239
2240Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2241@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
202d6e5f 2242@end defmac
2243
f8a8fc7b 2244@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2245A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2246suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2247memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2248This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
202d6e5f 2249that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2250appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2251immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2252address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2253@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the
2254corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2255@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2256that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
202d6e5f 2257@end defmac
2258
2259@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2260A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2261suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
2262either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2263allocated such a hard register.
2264
2265The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2266the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
2267two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2268labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2269labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2270may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
2271looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2272only if neither labeling works.
202d6e5f 2273@end defmac
2274
d78118a3 2275@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2276
09a17585 2277@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
09a17585 2278
202d6e5f 2279@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2280A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2281to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2282@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2283another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
2284safe:
2285
2286@smallexample
2287#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2288@end smallexample
2289
2290Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
2291example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2292for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2293@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2294Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2295
2296One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2297@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2298loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2299force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load
2300immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2301instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2302register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2303@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded
2304into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
ca316360 2305@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2306of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
202d6e5f 2307
2308If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2309through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2310to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2311reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2312this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2313the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2314@end defmac
2315
71db0d8b 2316@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
71db0d8b 2317
202d6e5f 2318@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2319A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2320to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2321@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2322ordinarily be used.
2323
2324Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2325there are certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes.
2326
2327The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2328smaller class.
2329
2330Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2331require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2332@end defmac
2333
2334@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
202d6e5f 2335
2336@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2337@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2338@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2339These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2340@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2341
2342These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2343target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2344reload phase that it may
2345need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2346register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2347register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2348you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2349largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2350intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2351
2352If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2353intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2354was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2355class required. If the
2356requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2357@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2358macros identically.
2359
2360The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2361Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2362can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2363@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
2364macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2365
2366If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2367intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2368@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2369(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally
2370implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2371@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2372register.
2373
2374These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2375register that
2376contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
2377class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2378value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2379register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2380Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2381
2382@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2383pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2384Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2385in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2386
2387These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2388registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2389registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2390would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2391the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2392intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
2393general registers.
2394@end defmac
2395
2396@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (@var{class1}, @var{class2}, @var{m})
2397Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied
2398to some other registers without using memory. Define this macro on
2399those machines to be a C expression that is nonzero if objects of mode
2400@var{m} in registers of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of
2401class @var{class2} by storing a register of @var{class1} into memory
2402and loading that memory location into a register of @var{class2}.
2403
2404Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero.
2405@end defmac
2406
2407@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2408Normally when @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2409allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2410If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2411defined by this macro.
2412
2413Do not define this macro if you do not define
2414@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2415@end defmac
2416
2417@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (@var{mode})
2418When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two
2419registers of mode @var{mode}, it normally allocates sufficient memory to
2420hold a quantity of @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits and performs the store and
2421load operations in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the
2422same as that of @var{mode}.
2423
2424This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all
2425bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers
2426in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point
2427registers.
2428
2429However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as
2430the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers
2431differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default
2432widening will not work correctly and you must define this macro to
2433suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.h} for
2434details.
2435
2436Do not define this macro if you do not define
2437@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} or if widening @var{mode} to a mode that
2438is @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits wide is correct for your machine.
2439@end defmac
2440
24dd0668 2441@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
d3ba22dc 2442
2443@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
24dd0668 2444
202d6e5f 2445@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2446A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2447of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2448
2449This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
2450the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2451should be the maximum value of @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2452@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2453
2454This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2455in the reload pass.
2456@end defmac
2457
2458@defmac CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS (@var{from}, @var{to}, @var{class})
2459If defined, a C expression that returns nonzero for a @var{class} for which
2460a change from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to} is invalid.
2461
2462For the example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into
2463floating-point registers on the Alpha extends them to 64 bits.
2464Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object
2465does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case for a normal
2466register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS}
2467as below:
2468
2469@smallexample
2470#define CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS(FROM, TO, CLASS) \
2471 (GET_MODE_SIZE (FROM) != GET_MODE_SIZE (TO) \
2472 ? reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, (CLASS)) : 0)
2473@end smallexample
2474@end defmac
2475
c6a6cdaa 2476@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2477
2478@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2479
4a2ca8f3 2480@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2481
c6a6cdaa 2482@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2483
2484@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2485
17f446a0 2486@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2487
202d6e5f 2488@node Stack and Calling
2489@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2490@cindex calling conventions
2491
2492@c prevent bad page break with this line
2493This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2494
2495@menu
2496* Frame Layout::
2497* Exception Handling::
2498* Stack Checking::
2499* Frame Registers::
2500* Elimination::
2501* Stack Arguments::
2502* Register Arguments::
2503* Scalar Return::
2504* Aggregate Return::
2505* Caller Saves::
2506* Function Entry::
2507* Profiling::
2508* Tail Calls::
2509* Stack Smashing Protection::
e9eaaa6a 2510* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
202d6e5f 2511@end menu
2512
2513@node Frame Layout
2514@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2515@cindex stack frame layout
2516@cindex frame layout
2517
2518@c prevent bad page break with this line
2519Here is the basic stack layout.
2520
2521@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2522Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2523pointer to a smaller address.
2524
2525When we say, ``define this macro if @dots{}'', it means that the
2526compiler checks this macro only with @code{#ifdef} so the precise
2527definition used does not matter.
2528@end defmac
2529
2530@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2531This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2532on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be
2533@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2534
2535The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2536and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on
2537the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2538to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2539space for the next item on the stack.
2540
2541The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2542defined, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2543which is often wrong.
2544@end defmac
2545
2546@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2547Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2548are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2549@end defmac
2550
2551@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2552Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2553addresses on the stack.
2554@end defmac
2555
2556@defmac STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2557Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated.
2558
2559If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, find the next slot's offset by
2560subtracting the first slot's length from @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2561Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the
2562value @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2563@c i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get
2564@c rid of an overfull. --mew 2feb93
2565@end defmac
2566
2567@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2568Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2569The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2570
2571On ports where @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2572is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2573alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2574stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2575@end defmac
2576
2577@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2578Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2579outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
2580zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
2581
2582If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2583the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2584@end defmac
2585
2586@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2587Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2588address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2589function.
2590
2591If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2592the first argument's address.
2593@end defmac
2594
2595@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2596Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2597on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2598
2599The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2600length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
2601machines. See @file{function.c} for details.
2602@end defmac
2603
2604@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2605A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2606stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2607@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2608default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2609elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2610@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2611@end defmac
2612
2613@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2614A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2615frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
2616@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2617itself.
2618
2619If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2620of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2621address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2622@end defmac
2623
2624@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2625If defined, a C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2626setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
2627on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2628before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to
2629define this macro.
2630@end defmac
2631
2632@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
202d6e5f 2633
2634@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2635A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2636address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2637of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2638You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2639as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it.
2640@end defmac
2641
2642@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2643A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2644address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2645the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2646frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2647@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is defined.
2648
2649The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2650@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2651determine the return address of other frames.
2652@end defmac
2653
2654@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2655Define this if the return address of a particular stack frame is accessed
2656from the frame pointer of the previous stack frame.
2657@end defmac
2658
2659@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2660A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2661incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2662prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2663value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2664the stack.
2665
2666You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2667debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2668
2669If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2670@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2671@end defmac
2672
2673@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2674A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2675number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column
2676must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2677be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2678
2679This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2680general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2681frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2682over time.
2683@end defmac
2684
2685@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2686A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2687number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should
2688only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2689someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2690terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this.
2691@end defmac
2692
2693@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
202d6e5f 2694
2695@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2696A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2697from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2698frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of
2699the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2700previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2701
2702You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2703debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2704@end defmac
2705
2706@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2707A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2708from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The
2709final value should coincide with that calculated by
2710@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable
2711during virtual register instantiation.
2712
2713The default value for this macro is
2714@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2715which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2716immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on
2717some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2718and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2719
2720You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2721want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2722DWARF 2.
2723@end defmac
2724
2725@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2726If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2727in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2728The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2729@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2730
2731Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2732via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2733variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is
2734defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2735based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one
2736of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2737should be defined.
2738@end defmac
2739
2740@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2741If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2742in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2743in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value
2744may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2745@end defmac
2746
2747@node Exception Handling
2748@subsection Exception Handling Support
2749@cindex exception handling
2750
2751@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2752A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2753data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2754@var{N} registers are usable.
2755
2756The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2757handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers
2758should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2759but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least
27602 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2761
2762You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2763handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2764@end defmac
2765
2766@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2767A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2768to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2769This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2770It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2771
2772Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2773untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2774
2775Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2776by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2777this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2778stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define
2779this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2780that provided by DWARF 2.
2781@end defmac
2782
2783@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2784A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2785to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2786return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2787
2788Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2789return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an
2790address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2791the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2792frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2793been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2794target call frame.
2795
2796Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2797address calculable during initial code generation. In that case
2798the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2799
2800If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2801define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2802@end defmac
2803
2804@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2805If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2806to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2807exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2808using it to return to the exception handler.
2809@end defmac
2810
2811@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2812This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2813handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such
2814that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2815and so may be read-only.
2816
2817@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2818@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2819The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2820as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2821
2822If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2823represented directly.
2824@end defmac
2825
2826@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2827This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2828to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2829Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2830be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2831
2832This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2833handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2834of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2835to be emitted.
2836@end defmac
2837
202d6e5f 2838@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2839This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2840code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2841available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2842through signal frames.
2843
2844This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2845@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2846@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2847@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra}
2848for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2849the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register
2850save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2851evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded,
2852the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2853
2854For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2855@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2856@end defmac
2857
2858@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2859This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2860call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2861usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2862
c07f27fd 2863This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2864@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
202d6e5f 2865@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2866for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the
2867@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2868be updated in @var{fs}.
2869@end defmac
2870
2871@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2872A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2873info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2874linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}.
2875@end defmac
2876
2877@node Stack Checking
2878@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2879
2880GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2881stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2882three ways:
2883
2884@enumerate
2885@item
2886If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2887will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2888at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do
2889other special processing.
2890
2891@item
2892If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2893@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2894that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2895static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2896in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2897stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2898approach below.
2899
2900@item
2901If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2902``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2903@end enumerate
2904
2905If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2906GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2907@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2908dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2909
2910@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2911A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2912machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking
2913is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2914checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default
2915value of this macro is zero.
2916@end defmac
2917
2918@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2919A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2920in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would
2921like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2922approach. The default value of this macro is zero.
2923@end defmac
2924
2925@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2926An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2927instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally
2928define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2929the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value
2930of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2931@end defmac
2932
2933@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2934An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2935when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2936contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2937thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack
2938is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The
2939default value of this macro is zero.
2940@end defmac
2941
2942@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2943The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2944languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 75 words
2945with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
29468192 bytes with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for
2947most machines.
2948@end defmac
2949
2950The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2951nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2952in the opposite case.
2953
2954@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2955The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe
2956instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2957stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2958checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The
2959default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2960systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2961@end defmac
2962
2963@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2964GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It
2965represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2966space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2967You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2968use the default of four words.
2969@end defmac
2970
2971@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2972The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2973fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2974@option{-fstack-check}.
2975GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2976normally not need to override that default.
2977@end defmac
2978
2979@need 2000
2980@node Frame Registers
2981@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2982
2983@c prevent bad page break with this line
2984This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2985
2986@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2987The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2988fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
2989the hardware determines which register this is.
2990@end defmac
2991
2992@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2993The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2994access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
2995hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
2996choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2997@end defmac
2998
2999@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3000On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
3001offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
3002allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
3003between these two locations). On those machines, define
3004@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
3005be used internally until the offset is known, and define
3006@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
3007used for the frame pointer.
3008
3009You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
3010is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
3011the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
3012completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
3013definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
3014@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
3015or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3016
3017Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
3018@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3019@end defmac
3020
3021@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3022The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
3023the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
3024frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
3025register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
3026wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
3027pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
3028@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
3029(@pxref{Elimination}).
3030@end defmac
3031
5ae82d58 3032@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
3033Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3034@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
3035the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3036== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3037definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3038@end defmac
3039
3040@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
3041Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3042@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
3043same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
3044ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3045definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3046@end defmac
3047
202d6e5f 3048@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
3049The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
3050access the current function's return address from the stack. On some
3051machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
3052pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined
3053to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
3054@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
3055
3056Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
3057address from the stack.
3058@end defmac
3059
3060@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
3061@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
3062Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
3063register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
3064function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
3065number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
3066these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
3067not be defined.
3068
3069The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
3070
3071If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
3072defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
3073@end defmac
3074
3075@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
202d6e5f 3076
3077@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3078This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
3079saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in
3080DWARF2 exception handling.
3081
3082Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
3083exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
3084extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
3085in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be
3086used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
3087routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
3088registers that are not call-saved.
3089
3090If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3091@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
3092@end defmac
3093
3094@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3095
3096This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
3097for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
3098
3099If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3100@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
3101@end defmac
3102
3103@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
3104
3105Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3106is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
3107Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3108column number to use instead.
3109
3110See the PowerPC's SPE target for an example.
3111@end defmac
3112
3113@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3114
3115Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3116used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3117debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3118should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is
3119@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3120
3121@end defmac
3122
3123@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3124
3125Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3126that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3127should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3128.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to
3129return @code{@var{regno}}.
3130
3131@end defmac
3132
e451a093 3133@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3134
3135Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3136@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if
3137target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The
3138default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3139
3140@end defmac
3141
3142@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3143
3144Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3145context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined,
3146it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3147defined and 0 otherwise.
3148
3149@end defmac
3150
202d6e5f 3151@node Elimination
3152@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3153
3154@c prevent bad page break with this line
3155This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3156
3157@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
202d6e5f 3158
3159@findex get_frame_size
3160@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (@var{depth-var})
3161A C statement to store in the variable @var{depth-var} the difference
3162between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after
3163the function prologue. The value would be computed from information
3164such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3165registers @code{regs_ever_live} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3166
3167If @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is defined, this macro will be not be used and
3168need not be defined. Otherwise, it must be defined even if
3169@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} always returns true; in that
3170case, you may set @var{depth-var} to anything.
3171@end defmac
3172
3173@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3174If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
3175eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If it is not
3176defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace
3177references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer.
3178
3179The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3180of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3181
3182On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3183the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
3184must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
3185replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3186depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3187
3188In this case, you might specify:
3189@smallexample
3190#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
3191@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3192 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3193 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3194@end smallexample
3195
3196Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3197specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3198@end defmac
3199
3200@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
202d6e5f 3201
3202@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3203This macro is similar to @code{INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET}. It
3204specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
3205registers. This macro must be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is
3206defined.
3207@end defmac
3208
3209@node Stack Arguments
3210@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3211@cindex arguments on stack
3212@cindex stack arguments
3213
3214The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3215on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
3216control passing certain arguments in registers.
3217
3218@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
202d6e5f 3219
3220@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3221A C expression. If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3222outgoing arguments.
3223If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3224That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3225allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3226it. When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3227@end defmac
3228
3229@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3230A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3231last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not
3232defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3233and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3234@end defmac
3235
3236@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3237A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3238stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3239
3240On some machines, the definition
3241
3242@smallexample
3243#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3244@end smallexample
3245
3246@noindent
3247will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
3248to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3249alignment. Then the definition should be
3250
3251@smallexample
3252#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3253@end smallexample
c6e790c5 3254
2f05705b 3255If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
202d6e5f 3256@end defmac
3257
81e483dd 3258@findex outgoing_args_size
3259@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
202d6e5f 3260@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3261A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
81e483dd 3262will be computed and placed into
3263@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
202d6e5f 3264onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3265increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3266
3267Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3268is not proper.
3269@end defmac
3270
3271@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3272Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3273allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3274registers.
3275
3276The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3277arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3278which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3279The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3280of the function.
3281
3282This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3283machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3284which.
3285@end defmac
3286@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
3287@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
3288
02114c95 3289@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3290Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3291Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3292is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3293can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3294@end defmac
3295
202d6e5f 3296@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3297Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3298caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3299when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL
3300if the function called is a library function.
3301
3302If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3303whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
81e483dd 3304@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
202d6e5f 3305@end defmac
3306
3307@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3308Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3309stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3310@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3311@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
3312
3313Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3314stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
3315suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3316stack in its natural location.
3317@end defmac
3318
fe0b4016 3319@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
202d6e5f 3320
3321@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3322A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3323pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3324when compiling a function call.
3325
3326@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3327have been accumulated.
3328
3329On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3330that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3331that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the
3332call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3333appropriate.
3334@end defmac
3335
3336@node Register Arguments
3337@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3338@cindex arguments in registers
3339@cindex registers arguments
3340
3341This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3342types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3343the stack.
3344
81bcd36c 3345@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
202d6e5f 3346
3347@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
202d6e5f 3348
81bcd36c 3349@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
202d6e5f 3350
a9d8ab38 3351@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3352
3353@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3354
202d6e5f 3355@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
202d6e5f 3356
b4c24d67 3357@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
202d6e5f 3358
3359@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
202d6e5f 3360
3361@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
81bcd36c 3362A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3363of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some
3364target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3365of bytes of argument so far.
202d6e5f 3366
3367There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3368arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
3369variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
3370arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3371@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3372should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3373@end defmac
3374
3375@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3376If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3377function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3378created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3379reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3380If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3381@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3382@end defmac
3383
3384@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3385A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3386@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The
3387variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype}
3388is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3389the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3390For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3391declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when
3392@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3393being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3394arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3395parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments,
3396@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3397
3398When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3399@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3400contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
3401an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
3402macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3403never both of them at once.
3404@end defmac
3405
3406@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3407Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3408it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3409@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro
3410is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
34110)} is used instead.
3412@end defmac
3413
3414@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3415Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3416finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
3417undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3418
3419The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3420with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The
3421argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3422@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3423@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3424@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
3425@end defmac
3426
81bcd36c 3427@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
202d6e5f 3428
3429@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3430If defined, a C expression that is the number of bytes to add to the
3431offset of the argument passed in memory. This is needed for the SPU,
3432which passes @code{char} and @code{short} arguments in the preferred
3433slot that is in the middle of the quad word instead of starting at the
3434top.
3435@end defmac
3436
3437@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3438If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction,
3439to pad out an argument with extra space. The value should be of type
3440@code{enum direction}: either @code{upward} to pad above the argument,
3441@code{downward} to pad below, or @code{none} to inhibit padding.
3442
17bfc2bc 3443The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this macro, but by the
3444target hook @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is
3445always just enough to reach the next multiple of that boundary.
202d6e5f 3446
3447This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems.
3448For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For
3449big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
3450constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.
3451@end defmac
3452
3453@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3454If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3455implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3456next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3457controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such
3458arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3459@end defmac
3460
3461@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3462Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3463memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this
3464macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3465machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular,
3466@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3467registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example,
3468a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3469required.
3470@end defmac
3471
bd99ba64 3472@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
202d6e5f 3473
17bfc2bc 3474@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3475
202d6e5f 3476@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3477A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3478register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
3479@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3480the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
3481used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3482stack.
3483@end defmac
3484
3485@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
202d6e5f 3486
3487@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
202d6e5f 3488
303ece6c 3489@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
202d6e5f 3490
3491@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
202d6e5f 3492
3493@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
202d6e5f 3494
3495@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
202d6e5f 3496
3497@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 3498
be97d4b6 3499@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3500
202d6e5f 3501@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 3502
3503@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
202d6e5f 3504
13d3ceb9 3505@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3506
d5957f0d 3507@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3508
202d6e5f 3509@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
202d6e5f 3510
a50372fe 3511@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
3512
202d6e5f 3513@node Scalar Return
3514@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3515@cindex return values in registers
3516@cindex values, returned by functions
3517@cindex scalars, returned as values
3518
3519This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3520values---values that can fit in registers.
3521
3522@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3523
202d6e5f 3524@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3525This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3526a new target instead.
3527@end defmac
3528
3529@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3530A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3531function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3532
3533Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3534support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3535specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3536compiled.
3537@end defmac
3538
3539@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
202d6e5f 3540
3541@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3542A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3543register in which the values of called function may come back.
3544
3545A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3546second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3547recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
3548suffices:
3549
3550@smallexample
3551#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3552@end smallexample
3553
3554If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3555function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3556should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3557
3558This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3559for a new target instead.
3560@end defmac
3561
3562@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
202d6e5f 3563
3564@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3565Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3566need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3567saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3568@end defmac
3569
3570@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
202d6e5f 3571
3572@node Aggregate Return
3573@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3574@cindex aggregates as return values
3575@cindex large return values
3576@cindex returning aggregate values
3577@cindex structure value address
3578
3579When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3580cases), the value is not returned according to
3581@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the
3582caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3583should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3584address}.
3585
3586This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3587memory.
3588
3589@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
202d6e5f 3590
3591@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3592Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3593in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3594only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3595If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3596and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3597target hook.
3598
3599If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3600@end defmac
3601
3602@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
202d6e5f 3603
3604@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3605Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3606for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3607the address of a static variable containing the value.
3608
3609Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3610pass an address to the subroutine.
3611
3612This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3613nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3614@end defmac
3615
4bac51c9 3616@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3617
3618@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3619
202d6e5f 3620@node Caller Saves
3621@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3622
3623If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This
3624makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3625must live across calls.
3626
202d6e5f 3627@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3628A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3629of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If
3630@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3631returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3632will select the smallest suitable mode.
3633@end defmac
3634
3635@node Function Entry
3636@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3637@cindex function entry and exit
3638@cindex prologue
3639@cindex epilogue
3640
3641This section describes the macros that output function entry
3642(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3643
3644@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
202d6e5f 3645
3646@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
202d6e5f 3647
3648@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
202d6e5f 3649
3650@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
202d6e5f 3651
3652@itemize @bullet
3653@item
81e483dd 3654@findex pretend_args_size
3655@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3656A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
202d6e5f 3657uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3658stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3659if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3660arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3661yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
3662region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3663registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3664features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3665
3666@item
3667An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3668The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3669the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3670machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3671in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
3672a save area.
3673
3674@item
3675A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3676boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
3677this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3678save area closer to the top of the stack.
3679
3680@item
3681@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3682Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
81e483dd 3683@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
202d6e5f 3684argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3685@end itemize
3686
3687@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3688Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3689instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3690pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3691adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The
3692default is 0.
3693
3694Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3695frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
3696stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3697compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3698@end defmac
3699
3700@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3701Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3702used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame
3703pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3704@end defmac
3705
3706@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3707Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3708used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3709on entry to an exception edge.
3710@end defmac
3711
202d6e5f 3712@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
202d6e5f 3713
3714@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
202d6e5f 3715
3716@node Profiling
3717@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3718@cindex profiling, code generation
3719
3720These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3721
3722@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3723A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3724assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3725
3726@findex mcount
3727The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3728your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out,
3729compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3730compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3731
3732Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3733variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is
3734@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3735the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3736@end defmac
3737
3738@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3739A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3740code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3741not support profiling.
3742@end defmac
3743
3744@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3745Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3746@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3747allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern
3748implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the
3749@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3750@end defmac
3751
3752@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3753Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3754the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3755@end defmac
3756
d44f2f7c 3757@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3758
202d6e5f 3759@node Tail Calls
3760@subsection Permitting tail calls
3761@cindex tail calls
3762
3763@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
202d6e5f 3764
3765@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
202d6e5f 3766
2e851bb8 3767@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3768
08c6cbd2 3769@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3770
202d6e5f 3771@node Stack Smashing Protection
3772@subsection Stack smashing protection
3773@cindex stack smashing protection
3774
3775@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
202d6e5f 3776
3777@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
202d6e5f 3778
48b14f50 3779@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3780
e9eaaa6a 3781@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3782@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3783@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3784
3785@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3786
202d6e5f 3787@node Varargs
3788@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3789@cindex varargs implementation
3790
3791GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3792@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3793on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
3794varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3795conditionals to include it.
3796
3797ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3798the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
3799implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3800to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of
3801@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
3802supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3803
3804However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
3805the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3806below.
3807
3808@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3809Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3810that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional
3811versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3812you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3813
3814On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3815control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On
3816other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3817found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3818
3819Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3820beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3821@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3822This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3823to use them for its own purposes.
3824@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3825@c 10feb93
3826@end defmac
3827
202d6e5f 3828@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
f739ab33 3829This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
202d6e5f 3830argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3831returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3832argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3833fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3834verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3835of the current function.
3836@end defmac
3837
3838@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3839Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3840passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3841has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
3842specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3843with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3844
3845@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3846considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
3847kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3848
3849The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3850interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3851@end defmac
3852
3853These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3854
3855@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
202d6e5f 3856
3857@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
202d6e5f 3858
3859@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
202d6e5f 3860
3861@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
202d6e5f 3862
3863@node Trampolines
3864@section Trampolines for Nested Functions
3865@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3866@cindex nested functions, trampolines for
3867
3868A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time
3869when the address of a nested function is taken. It normally resides on
3870the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function. These macros
3871tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a
3872trampoline.
3873
3874The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant
3875address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of
3876the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires
3877two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the two addresses
3878exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands. On RISC
3879machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in
3880two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate immediate
3881operands.
3882
3883The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3884parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3885immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
3886simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3887proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
3888may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3889separately.
3890
3891@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
202d6e5f 3892
3893@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3894Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3895(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3896@end defmac
3897
3898@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3899A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3900@end defmac
3901
3902@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3903Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3904
3905If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3906is used for aligning trampolines.
3907@end defmac
3908
3909@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
202d6e5f 3910
3911@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 3912
3913Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3914separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
3915fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3916jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3917
3918Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
3919the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
3920make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3921subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3922latter makes initialization faster.
3923
3924To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3925the following macro.
3926
3927@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3928If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3929cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would
3930typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and
3931@var{end} are both pointer expressions.
3932@end defmac
3933
202d6e5f 3934To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
3935you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3936cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3937beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3938its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3939
3940@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3941Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3942work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3943which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named
3944@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3945
3946If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3947C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3948special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
3949statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3950global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3951special assembler code.
3952@end defmac
3953
3954@node Library Calls
3955@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3956@cindex library subroutine names
3957@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3958
3959@c prevent bad page break with this line
3960Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3961
3962@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3963This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3964expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to
3965provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3966are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3967@end defmac
3968
3969@findex set_optab_libfunc
3970@findex init_one_libfunc
3971@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
202d6e5f 3972
f308a9b2 3973@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3974
202d6e5f 3975@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3976This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3977implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3978mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3979return a tristate.
3980
3981GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3982comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports
3983don't need to define this macro.
3984@end defmac
3985
3986@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3987This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3988functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3989operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3990and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3991If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3992@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines
3993in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3994@end defmac
3995
b214253d 3996@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3997This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3998instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3999make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
4000division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4001make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
4002@end defmac
4003
202d6e5f 4004@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
4005@findex matherr
4006@defmac TARGET_EDOM
4007The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
4008expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
4009deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
4010@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
4011system.
4012
4013If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
4014domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
4015error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
4016there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
4017that @code{matherr} is used normally.
4018@end defmac
4019
4020@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
4021@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
4022Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
4023refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
4024@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
4025macro, a reasonable default is used.
4026@end defmac
4027
30f690e0 4028@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 4029
4030@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
3f3d5ad4 4031Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4032by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4033and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4034This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4035the NeXT runtime installed.
4036
4037If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4038will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the
4039selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4040
4041In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4042scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
202d6e5f 4043@end defmac
4044
4045@node Addressing Modes
4046@section Addressing Modes
4047@cindex addressing modes
4048
4049@c prevent bad page break with this line
4050This is about addressing modes.
4051
4052@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4053@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4054@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4055@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4056A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4057pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4058@end defmac
4059
4060@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4061@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4062A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4063post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4064the size of the memory operand.
4065@end defmac
4066
4067@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4068@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4069A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4070post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4071@end defmac
4072
4073@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4074A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4075is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of
4076@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4077is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
15b474a2 4078constant addresses are supported.
202d6e5f 4079@end defmac
4080
4081@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4082@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4083accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4084known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4085expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4086@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4087@end defmac
4088
4089@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4090A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4091memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4092the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4093accept.
4094@end defmac
4095
4096@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 4097
4098@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4099A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4100character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint
4101letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4102@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to
4103support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4104semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to
4105preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4106@code{'m'} constraint.
4107@end defmac
4108
4109@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4110A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4111or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4112can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places:
4113@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4114
4115It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so
4116that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4117
4118The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4119a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4120@end defmac
4121
4122@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 4123
4124@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4125A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4126that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4127@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4128It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4129performance reasons.
4130
4131For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4132reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4133registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC
4134processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4135needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining
4136@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4137generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4138be shared.
4139
4140@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary
4141to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4142and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4143of reload internals.
4144
4145@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4146previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses
4147then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4148
4149@findex push_reload
4150The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4151need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4152suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4153
4154The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4155@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4156should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4157This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4158@code{push_reload}.
4159
4160@findex strict_memory_address_p
4161The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4162the address has become legitimate.
4163
4164@findex copy_rtx
4165If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4166this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a
4167single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4168top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4169It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4170address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4171@end defmac
4172
4173@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 4174
ca316360 4175@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
202d6e5f 4176
4177@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 4178
202e7097 4179@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
202e7097 4180
202d6e5f 4181@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
202d6e5f 4182
4183@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
202d6e5f 4184
80d4c05f 4185@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
80d4c05f 4186
707e3139 4187@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
202d6e5f 4188
4189@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
202d6e5f 4190
202d6e5f 4191@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
202d6e5f 4192
4193@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
202d6e5f 4194
428d5ecf 4195@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
202d6e5f 4196
4197@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION
202d6e5f 4198
4199@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 4200
4201@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
202d6e5f 4202
b24d851f 4203@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
2101edf2 4204
421b11b1 4205@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
421b11b1 4206
4db2b577 4207@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4208
4209@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4210
4211@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4212
4213@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4214
4c0315d0 4215@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_LOAD
4216
4217@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_STORE
4218
16dfb112 4219@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
16dfb112 4220
d09768a4 4221@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4222
4223@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4224
4225@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4226
202d6e5f 4227@node Anchored Addresses
4228@section Anchored Addresses
4229@cindex anchored addresses
4230@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4231
4232GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4233For example, if we have:
4234
4235@smallexample
4236static int a, b, c;
4237int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4238@end smallexample
4239
4240the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4241addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets,
4242it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4243the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would
4244be something like:
4245
4246@smallexample
4247int foo (void)
4248@{
4249 register int *xr = &x;
4250 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4251@}
4252@end smallexample
4253
4254(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4255``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4256
4257The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4258in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use
4259section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4260or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4261
4262@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
202d6e5f 4263
4264@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
202d6e5f 4265
4266@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
202d6e5f 4267
4268@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
202d6e5f 4269
4270@node Condition Code
4271@section Condition Code Status
4272@cindex condition code status
4273
4274The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4275two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4276
4277The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4278(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4279clobber of the condition codes. The second is the condition code
4280register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4281architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4282most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes
4283most RISC machines.
4284
4285The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
5b4ac966 4286the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition
4287and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping
4288arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4289Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally,
4290the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4291
4292These restrictions can prevent important
202d6e5f 4293optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4294is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4295three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction
4296scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4297separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4298
4299For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4300represent the condition code for new ports. If there is a specific
4301condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the
4302condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4303or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4304Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4305that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4306
4307Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4308specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not
4309interested in most macros in this section.
4310
4311@menu
4312* CC0 Condition Codes:: Old style representation of condition codes.
4313* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes.
202d6e5f 4314@end menu
4315
4316@node CC0 Condition Codes
4317@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4318@findex cc0
4319
4320@findex cc_status
4321The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4322describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4323the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This
4324variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4325currently based, and several standard flags.
4326
4327Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4328description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific
4329information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4330
4331@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4332C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4333component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}.
4334
4335This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4336@end defmac
4337
4338@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4339A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4340The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4341the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably
4342define this macro to initialize it.
4343
4344This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4345@end defmac
4346
4347@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4348A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4349appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is
4350this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4351code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4352set @code{(cc0)}.
4353
4354This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4355
4356If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4357other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4358invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4359reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4360registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4361@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4362insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4363based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4364value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by
4365this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4366@samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4367@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4368condition code value.
4369
4370The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4371with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4372@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4373constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these
4374insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What
4375@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4376@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4377
4378A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4379that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4380@samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4381two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4382@end defmac
4383
4384@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4385@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4386@findex CCmode
4387@findex MODE_CC
4388
4389@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4390On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4391than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4392code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines
4393when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4394bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4395branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When
4396this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4397record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can
4398also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g. a signed or an
4399unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4400
4401If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4402@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4403a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes
4404have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4405by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4406be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4407the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4408
4409@smallexample
4410(define_insn ""
4411 [(set (reg:CC_NOOV 0)
4412 (compare:CC_NOOV
4413 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4414 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4415 (const_int 0)))]
4416 ""
4417 "@dots{}")
4418@end smallexample
4419
4420@noindent
4421together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CC_NOOVmode}
4422for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4423
4424@smallexample
4425#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4426 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
4427 ? ((OP == EQ || OP == NE) ? CCFPmode : CCFPEmode) \
4428 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
4429 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG) \
4430 ? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode))
4431@end smallexample
4432
4433Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4434were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4435this section.
4436
4437You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4438in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4439@end defmac
4440
f8e3aa87 4441@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
202d6e5f 4442
4443@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4444A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4445comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4446can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4447then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4448
4449You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4450floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4451For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4452inequality comparisons are always given @code{CCFPEmode}:
4453
4454@smallexample
4455#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) ((MODE) != CCFPEmode)
4456@end smallexample
4457@end defmac
4458
4459@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4460A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4461comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case
4462@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case
4463machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For
4464instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4465freely convert unordered compares to ordered one. Then definition may look
4466like:
4467
4468@smallexample
4469#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4470 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4471 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4472@end smallexample
4473@end defmac
4474
4475@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
202d6e5f 4476
4477@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
202d6e5f 4478
202d6e5f 4479@node Costs
4480@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4481@cindex costs of instructions
4482@cindex relative costs
4483@cindex speed of instructions
4484
4485These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4486on the target machine.
4487
4488@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4489A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4490register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are
4491expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A
4492value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4493that.
4494
4495It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4496same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4497registers if they are not general registers.
4498
4499If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4500hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4501classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4502constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4503allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
4504if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4505
4506These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4507@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4508@end defmac
4509
4510@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
202d6e5f 4511
4512@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4513A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4514register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4515is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost
4516is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between
4517registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4518should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4519
4520If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4521the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4522needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4523between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4524more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4525reflect the actual cost of the move.
4526
4527GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4528secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
4529a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
4530secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45314 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4532value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
4533are the same as to this macro.
4534
4535These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4536@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4537@end defmac
4538
9de204fa 4539@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
202d6e5f 4540
4541@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
b56a5220 4542A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
4543the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4544@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4545for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4546optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is
4547true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4548@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
202d6e5f 4549@end defmac
4550
4551Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4552but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4553ordinarily expect.
4554
4555@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4556Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4557than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4558faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4559require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4560between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4561
4562When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4563finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4564load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
4565faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4566may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4567other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4568@end defmac
4569
4570@defmac SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (@var{mode}, @var{alignment})
4571Define this macro to be the value 1 if memory accesses described by the
4572@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater
4573than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap
4574handler.
4575
4576When this macro is nonzero, the compiler will act as if
4577@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were nonzero when generating code for block
4578moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.
4579Therefore, do not set this macro nonzero if unaligned accesses only add a
4580cycle or two to the time for a memory access.
4581
4582If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined. If
4583this macro is defined, it should produce a nonzero value when
4584@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is nonzero.
4585@end defmac
4586
4587@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4588The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4589which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4590string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
4591make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4592
4593Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4594@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4595the number of such sequences.
4596
4597The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4598optimized for speed rather than size.
4599
4600If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4601@end defmac
4602
4603@defmac MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment})
4604A C expression used to determine whether @code{move_by_pieces} will be used to
4605copy a chunk of memory, or whether some other block move mechanism
4606will be used. Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less
4607than @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4608@end defmac
4609
4610@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4611A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4612a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4613@end defmac
4614
4615@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4616The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4617of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4618or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4619eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4620
4621The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4622optimized for speed rather than size.
4623
4624If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4625@end defmac
4626
4627@defmac CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment})
4628A C expression used to determine whether @code{clear_by_pieces} will be used
4629to clear a chunk of memory, or whether some other block clear mechanism
4630will be used. Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less
4631than @code{CLEAR_RATIO}.
4632@end defmac
4633
4634@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4635The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4636of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
15b474a2 4637a block set insn or a library call.
202d6e5f 4638Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4639eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4640
4641The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4642optimized for speed rather than size.
4643
4644If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4645@end defmac
4646
4647@defmac SET_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment})
4648A C expression used to determine whether @code{store_by_pieces} will be
15b474a2 4649used to set a chunk of memory to a constant value, or whether some
4650other mechanism will be used. Used by @code{__builtin_memset} when
202d6e5f 4651storing values other than constant zero.
4652Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less
4653than @code{SET_RATIO}.
4654@end defmac
4655
4656@defmac STORE_BY_PIECES_P (@var{size}, @var{alignment})
4657A C expression used to determine whether @code{store_by_pieces} will be
4658used to set a chunk of memory to a constant string value, or whether some
4659other mechanism will be used. Used by @code{__builtin_strcpy} when
4660called with a constant source string.
4661Defaults to 1 if @code{move_by_pieces_ninsns} returns less
4662than @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4663@end defmac
4664
4665@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4666A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4667thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4668@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4669@end defmac
4670
4671@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4672A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4673thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4674@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4675@end defmac
4676
4677@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4678A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4679thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4680@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4681@end defmac
4682
4683@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4684A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4685thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4686@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4687@end defmac
4688
4689@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4690A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4691thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4692@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4693@end defmac
4694
4695@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4696A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4697thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4698@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4699@end defmac
4700
4701@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4702This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4703thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4704@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4705@end defmac
4706
4707@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4708This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4709thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4710@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4711@end defmac
4712
4713@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4714Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant
4715function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4716@end defmac
4717
802c6441 4718@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4719Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4720@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if
4721@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4722@end defmac
4723
202d6e5f 4724@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
202d6e5f 4725
4726@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
202d6e5f 4727
4728@node Scheduling
4729@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4730
4731The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4732adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target
4733hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of
4734them: try the first ones in this list first.
4735
4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
202d6e5f 4737
4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
202d6e5f 4739
4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
202d6e5f 4741
4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
202d6e5f 4743
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
202d6e5f 4745
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
202d6e5f 4747
641b578b 4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4749
4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4751
202d6e5f 4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
202d6e5f 4753
4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
202d6e5f 4755
4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
202d6e5f 4757
4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
202d6e5f 4759
4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
202d6e5f 4761
4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4763
4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4765
4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4767
4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
202d6e5f 4769
4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4771
4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4773
4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
202d6e5f 4775
4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4777
44ad1e56 4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
44ad1e56 4779
4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
44ad1e56 4781
4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
44ad1e56 4783
4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
44ad1e56 4785
4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
44ad1e56 4787
4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
44ad1e56 4789
ec1842d2 4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
202d6e5f 4791
4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
202d6e5f 4793
4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
202d6e5f 4795
4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4797
4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4799
4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4801
4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4803
4804@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
202d6e5f 4805
4806@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
202d6e5f 4807
4808@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
202d6e5f 4809
4810@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
202d6e5f 4811
202d6e5f 4812@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
202d6e5f 4813
4814@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
202d6e5f 4815
0ac9454e 4816@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
0ac9454e 4817
4818@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
0ac9454e 4819
6c2d9e41 4820@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4821
5b1c765d 4822@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4823
202d6e5f 4824@node Sections
4825@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4826@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
4827@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
4828
4829An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4830data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4831section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4832section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4833section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
4834of sections.
4835
4836@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4837@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4838The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4839is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4840as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4841initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4842They may however depend on command-line flags.
4843
4844@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4845use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4846to be string literals.
4847
4848Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4849section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you
4850should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4851@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4852
4853You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4854@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4855in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of
4856@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not
4857create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4858reuse @code{text_section}.
4859
4860All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4861if the target does not provide them.
4862
4863@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4864A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4865assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4866Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4867@end defmac
4868
4869@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4870If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4871frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide
4872a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4873@end defmac
4874
4875@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4876If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4877executed functions in the program.
4878@end defmac
4879
4880@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4881A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4882assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4883data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4884@end defmac
4885
4886@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4887If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4888containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4889initialized, writable small data.
4890@end defmac
4891
4892@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4893A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4894assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4895data.
4896@end defmac
4897
4898@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4899If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4900containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
fa8d6f0f 4901uninitialized global data. If not defined, and
4902@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
202d6e5f 4903uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4904@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4905used.
4906@end defmac
4907
4908@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4909If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4910containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4911uninitialized, writable small data.
4912@end defmac
4913
4914@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4915If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4916assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4917common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4918@end defmac
4919
4920@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4921If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4922containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The
4923default is @code{'T'}.
4924@end defmac
4925
4926@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4927If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4928containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4929initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4930not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4931variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4932@end defmac
4933
4934@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4935If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4936containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4937finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4938not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4939variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4940@end defmac
4941
4942@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4943If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4944containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4945part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4946defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4947both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4948@end defmac
4949
4950@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4951If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4952containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4953part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4954defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4955both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4956@end defmac
4957
4958@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4959If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4960via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4961the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4962@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4963to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4964sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some
4965ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4966registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4967constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4968@end defmac
4969
4970@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4971If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4972variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful
4973when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4974you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4975they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4976expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4977MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4978require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4979to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4980access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4981@end defmac
4982
4983@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4984If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4985arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the
4986@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4987and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4988@end defmac
4989
4990@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4991Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4992tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4993section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the
4994readonly data section is used.
4995
4996This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4997@end defmac
4998
4999@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
202d6e5f 5000
5001@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
202d6e5f 5002
5003@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
202d6e5f 5004
5005@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5006Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5007for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5008
5009In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5010function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5011it is unlikely to be called.
5012@end defmac
5013
5014@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
202d6e5f 5015
5016@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
202d6e5f 5017
6e71bd21 5018@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5019
e3ef604c 5020@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5021
202d6e5f 5022@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
202d6e5f 5023
5024@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
202d6e5f 5025
5026@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
202d6e5f 5027
5028@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
202d6e5f 5029
5030@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
202d6e5f 5031
5032@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
202d6e5f 5033
8637d6a2 5034@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5035
202d6e5f 5036@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
202d6e5f 5037
5038@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
202d6e5f 5039
5040
5041@node PIC
5042@section Position Independent Code
5043@cindex position independent code
5044@cindex PIC
5045
5046This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5047independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5048generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5049@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5050@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You
5051must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5052when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also
5053need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5054relative addresses.
15b474a2 5055@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
202d6e5f 5056@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5057
5058@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5059The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5060data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
5061processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro
5062is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5063pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
5064is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5065necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5066when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5067@end defmac
5068
5069@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
260e669e 5070A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5071@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined,
5072the default is zero. Do not define
202d6e5f 5073this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5074@end defmac
5075
5076@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5077A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5078operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5079You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5080check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5081check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
5082(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5083position independent code.
5084@end defmac
5085
5086@node Assembler Format
5087@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5088
5089This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5090to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5091instructions do.
5092
5093@menu
5094* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
5095* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5096* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
5097* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
5098* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
5099 and termination routines.
5100* Macros for Initialization::
5101 Specific macros that control the handling of
5102 initialization and termination routines.
5103* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
5104* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
5105* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5106* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5107@end menu
5108
5109@node File Framework
5110@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5111@cindex assembler format
5112@cindex output of assembler code
5113
5114@c prevent bad page break with this line
5115This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5116
5117@findex default_file_start
5118@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
202d6e5f 5119
5120@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
202d6e5f 5121
5122@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
202d6e5f 5123
5124@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
202d6e5f 5125
5126@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5127Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5128special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5129the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you
5130should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you
5131need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5132this function.
5133@end deftypefun
5134
5135@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
202d6e5f 5136
5137@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
202d6e5f 5138
5139@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
202d6e5f 5140
5141@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5142A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5143assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5144the end of the line.
5145@end defmac
5146
5147@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5148A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5149statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5150@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5151assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5152that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5153@end defmac
5154
5155@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5156A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5157statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5158@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5159time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5160@end defmac
5161
5162@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5163A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5164which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5165the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5166
5167This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5168for the file format in use is appropriate.
5169@end defmac
5170
e2823fde 5171@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5172
367b1459 5173@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5174
202d6e5f 5175@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5176A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5177@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5178in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5179the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5180of the filename using this macro.
5181@end defmac
5182
202d6e5f 5183@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
202d6e5f 5184
3b73548b 5185@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
3b73548b 5186
3b3edcd4 5187@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5188
202d6e5f 5189@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5190This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
b213bf24 5191It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
202d6e5f 5192@end deftypevr
5193
5194@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5195@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
202d6e5f 5196
5197@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
202d6e5f 5198
5199@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
202d6e5f 5200
5201@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
202d6e5f 5202
5203@need 2000
5204@node Data Output
5205@subsection Output of Data
5206
5207
5208@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
202d6e5f 5209
5210@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
202d6e5f 5211
1282f299 5212@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
1282f299 5213
202d6e5f 5214@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5215A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5216instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5217bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5218@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5219
5220If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5221Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5222@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5223@end defmac
5224
5225@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5226A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5227@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5228is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5229@end defmac
5230
5231@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5232You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the
5233expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5234pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5235GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do
5236not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5237pool before the function.
5238@end defmac
5239
5240@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5241A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5242constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
5243the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
5244be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
5245is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5246immediately after this call.
5247
5248If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5249not be defined.
5250@end defmac
5251
5252@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5253A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5254constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
5255anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5256
5257The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5258assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5259output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5260@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5261@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5262alignment.
5263
5264The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5265the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
5266responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5267Here is how to do this:
5268
5269@smallexample
5270@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5271@end smallexample
5272
5273When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5274@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
5275entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5276
5277You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5278@end defmac
5279
5280@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5281A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5282pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5283function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5284obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5285constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5286
5287If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5288define this macro.
5289@end defmac
5290
5291@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5292Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5293used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points
5294to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5295a line separator uses multiple characters.
5296
5297If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5298the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5299@end defmac
5300
5301@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
202d6e5f 5302
5303These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5304of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5305
5306@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5307@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5308@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5309@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5310@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5311@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5312These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5313target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5314the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5315@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5316simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of
5317@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined
5318by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5319it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds
532032 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5321on the host machine.
5322
5323The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5324using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5325machine's memory.
5326@end defmac
5327
5328@node Uninitialized Data
5329@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5330
5331Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5332outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5333
5334@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5335A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5336@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5337@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5338is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is
5339possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5340other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the
5341backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5342byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5343equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5344the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5345an ordinary undefined external.
5346
5347Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5348output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5349assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5350
5351This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5352common global variables are output.
5353@end defmac
5354
5355@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5356Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5357separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5358place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5359handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5360as the number of bits.
5361@end defmac
5362
5363@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5364Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5365variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5366is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5367in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5368@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see
5369the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5370@end defmac
5371
fa8d6f0f 5372@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
202d6e5f 5373A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5374@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
fa8d6f0f 5375@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment}
5376is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
202d6e5f 5377
fa8d6f0f 5378Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5379@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression
202d6e5f 5380@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5381before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5382the name, and a newline.
5383
fa8d6f0f 5384There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro.
202d6e5f 5385The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5386switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5387You do not need to do both.
5388
5389Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5390non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5391efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does
5392not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5393common in order to save space in the object file.
5394@end defmac
5395
202d6e5f 5396@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5397A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5398@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5399@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5400is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5401
5402Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5403output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5404assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5405
5406This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5407static variables are output.
5408@end defmac
5409
5410@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5411Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5412separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5413place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5414handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5415as the number of bits.
5416@end defmac
5417
5418@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5419Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL} except that @var{decl} of the
5420variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5421is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5422in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DECL} and
5423@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL}. Define this macro when you need to see
5424the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5425@end defmac
5426
5427@node Label Output
5428@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5429
5430@c prevent bad page break with this line
5431This is about outputting labels.
5432
5433@findex assemble_name
5434@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5435A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5436@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5437Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5438output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5439assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5440definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5441@end defmac
5442
2761b7cb 5443@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5444A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5445@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5446a function.
5447Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5448output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5449assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5450definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5451
5452If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5453usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5454@end defmac
5455
202d6e5f 5456@findex assemble_name_raw
5457@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5458Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5459to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses
5460@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5461that it is more efficient.
5462@end defmac
5463
5464@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5465A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5466size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5467default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5468systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5469
5470Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5471of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5472for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those
5473macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5474define this macro.
5475@end defmac
5476
5477@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5478A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5479@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5480symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5481If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5482provided.
5483@end defmac
5484
5485@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5486A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5487@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5488the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5489address.
5490
5491If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5492provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5493@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5494the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does
5495not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5496to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5497@end defmac
5498
75a15fa3 5499@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5500Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5501@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
5502G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
5503@samp{.} is used instead.
5504@end defmac
5505
5506@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5507Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5508@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
5509have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
5510are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5511@end defmac
5512
202d6e5f 5513@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5514A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5515type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5516default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5517systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5518
5519Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5520@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5521custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5522types at all, do not define this macro.
5523@end defmac
5524
5525@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5526A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5527the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the
5528default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5529the default is not to define this macro.
5530
5531Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5532@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5533custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5534types at all, do not define this macro.
5535@end defmac
5536
5537@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5538A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5539@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5540symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5541that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5542you should not count on this.
5543
5544If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5545definition of this macro is provided.
5546@end defmac
5547
5548@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5549A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5550@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5551function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
5552outputting the label definition (perhaps using
2761b7cb 5553@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
202d6e5f 5554@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5555
5556If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
2761b7cb 5557usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
202d6e5f 5558
5559You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5560of this macro.
5561@end defmac
5562
5563@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5564A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5565@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5566which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5567function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5568representing the function.
5569
5570If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5571
5572You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5573of this macro.
5574@end defmac
5575
5576@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5577A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5578@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5579initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
5580label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
5581@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5582
5583If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5584usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5585
5586You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5587@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5588@end defmac
5589
8c38d114 5590@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
202d6e5f 5591
5592@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5593A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5594@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5595for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5596
5597If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5598nothing.
5599@end defmac
5600
5601@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5602A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5603once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5604chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5605initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5606something about the size of the object.
5607
5608If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5609nothing.
5610
5611You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5612@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5613@end defmac
5614
5615@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
202d6e5f 5616
5617@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
202d6e5f 5618
5619@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5620A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5621@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5622that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5623no other definition is available. Use the expression
5624@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5625itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5626for making that name weak, and a newline.
5627
5628If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5629support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5630macro.
5631@end defmac
5632
5633@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5634Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5635@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5636or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5637should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5638defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5639@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5640to make @var{name} weak.
5641@end defmac
5642
5643@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5644Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5645symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the
5646declaration of @code{name}.
5647@end defmac
5648
5649@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
293c8430 5650A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5651supports weak symbols.
202d6e5f 5652
5653If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5654definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
293c8430 5655is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5656@end defmac
5657
5658@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5659A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5660
5661If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5662definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define
5663this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5664flag such as @option{-melf}.
202d6e5f 5665@end defmac
5666
5667@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5668A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5669public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5670be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file
5671format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5672section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5673requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5674@end defmac
5675
5676@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5677A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5678semantics.
5679
5680If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5681definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5682definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
5683you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5684setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5685be emitted as one-only.
5686@end defmac
5687
5688@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
202d6e5f 5689
5690@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5691A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5692that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5693The default is @code{0}.
5694
5695Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5696if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5697will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5698symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5699thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5700(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5701with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5702
5703The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for
5704targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5705restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5706table of contents.
5707@end defmac
5708
5709@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5710A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5711@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5712symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5713not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5714declaration.
5715
5716This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5717The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5718@end defmac
5719
5720@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
202d6e5f 5721
5722@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
202d6e5f 5723
5724@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5725A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5726@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5727@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5728is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5729systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5730@end defmac
5731
d86d364d 5732@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5733
202d6e5f 5734@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5735A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5736@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5737will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used
5738to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5739encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5740@end defmac
5741
5742@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5743A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5744result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined,
5745@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5746This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5747specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5748when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5749being taken.
5750@end defmac
5751
5752@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
202d6e5f 5753
5754@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5755A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5756label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5757@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5758may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some
5759systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5760bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5761bundles.
5762
5763If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5764used.
5765@end defmac
5766
5767@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5768A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5769is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5770
5771This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5772produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5773with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5774
5775If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5776output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
5777@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
5778string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5779to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
5780@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5781you should know what it does on your machine.)
5782@end defmac
5783
5784@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5785A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5786@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5787@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5788added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5789
5790The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5791produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5792@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5793assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5794macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5795internal static variables in different scopes.
5796
5797Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5798conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
5799or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5800between the name and the number will suffice.
5801
5802If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5803which is correct for most systems.
5804@end defmac
5805
5806@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5807A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5808which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5809
5810@findex SET_ASM_OP
5811If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5812correct for most systems.
5813@end defmac
5814
5815@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5816A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5817which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5818to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will
5819be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5820the tree nodes are available.
5821
5822@findex SET_ASM_OP
5823If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5824correct for most systems.
5825@end defmac
5826
5827@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5828A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5829(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5830of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5831current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines.
5832This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5833@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5834@end defmac
5835
5836@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5837A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5838which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5839@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5840an undefined weak symbol.
5841
5842Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5843@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5844@end defmac
5845
5846@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5847Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5848Objective-C methods.
5849
5850The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5851class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
5852the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5853@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5854
5855These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5856the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
5857systems define other ways of computing names.
5858
5859@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5860buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5861@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
586250 characters extra.
5863
5864The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5865method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5866@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5867in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5868
5869On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5870macro to provide more human-readable names.
5871@end defmac
5872
202d6e5f 5873@node Initialization
5874@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5875@cindex initialization routines
5876@cindex termination routines
5877@cindex constructors, output of
5878@cindex destructors, output of
5879
5880The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5881(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5882data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
5883to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5884@code{main} is called.
5885
5886Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5887@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5888terminates.
5889
5890To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5891must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5892be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
5893system, you need to specify how to do this.
5894
5895There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5896initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
5897Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5898
5899@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5900@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5901The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5902initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5903termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5904
5905Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59060, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5907the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5908pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5909pointer containing zero.
5910
5911Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5912@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5913time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5914list; destructors in forward order.
5915
5916The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5917formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
5918aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5919Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
5920object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5921the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
5922accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5923Termination functions are handled similarly.
5924
5925This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5926@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not
5927support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5928constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5929and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5930
5931When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5932upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
5933support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5934parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
5935program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5936
5937@smallexample
5938ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5939@end smallexample
5940
5941The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5942section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise
5943for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these
5944files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5945are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5946
5947The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5948compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code
5949fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5950to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts
5951of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5952that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5953
5954To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5955macro properly.
5956
5957If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5958@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5959entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5960it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5961after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined
5962in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5963
5964In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5965two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5966and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
5967@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5968entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5969and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
5970code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
5971the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
5972placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
5973a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
5974@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
5975section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
5976the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
5977the initialization process.
5978
5979The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
5980This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
5981file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In
5982this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
5983termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires
5984an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program
5985pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
5986the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
5987initialization and termination functions. These functions are called
5988via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method,
5989@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
5990
5991@ifinfo
5992The following section describes the specific macros that control and
5993customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
5994@end ifinfo
5995
5996@node Macros for Initialization
5997@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
5998
5999Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6000and termination functions:
6001
6002@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6003If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6004operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not
6005defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are
6006using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6007macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6008run the initialization functions.
6009@end defmac
6010
6011@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6012If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6013This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6014on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6015be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6016@end defmac
6017
6018@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6019If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6020the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6021@end defmac
6022
6023@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6024If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6025the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6026@end defmac
6027
6028@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6029If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6030automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function
6031should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6032the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6033function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6034
6035This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6036shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6037exception tables embedded in the code.
6038@end defmac
6039
6040@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6041If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6042automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function
6043should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6044the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6045function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6046@end defmac
6047
6048@defmac INVOKE__main
6049If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6050@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
6051where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6052useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6053@end defmac
6054
6055@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6056If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6057compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6058of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6059encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6060@end defmac
6061
6062@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
202d6e5f 6063
6064@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
202d6e5f 6065
6066@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
202d6e5f 6067
6068If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6069generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6070
6071If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6072constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6073an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6074
6075On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6076@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6077
6078@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6079Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6080object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6081object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6082
6083This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6084part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6085@end defmac
6086
6087@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6088Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6089to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
6090@command{nm}.
f369130e 6091@end defmac
6092
6093@defmac NM_FLAGS
6094@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6095constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is
6096passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
b59688ee 6097are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
f369130e 6098produces.
6099@end defmac
202d6e5f 6100
6101If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6102dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6103these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6104termination functions in shared libraries:
202d6e5f 6105
6106@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6107Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
f369130e 6108which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
202d6e5f 6109@end defmac
6110
6111@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6112Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6113of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable
6114of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6115from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6116code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6117line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6118@end defmac
6119
6120@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6121Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6122library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2}
6123strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6124constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets
6125that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6126@end defmac
6127
6128@node Instruction Output
6129@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6130
6131@c prevent bad page break with this line
6132This describes assembler instruction output.
6133
6134@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6135A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6136registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
6137register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6138@end defmac
6139
6140@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6141If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6142and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
6143registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6144to registers using alternate names.
6145@end defmac
6146
ea26afd4 6147@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6148If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6149name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6150machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional
6151names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6152declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike
6153@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6154register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6155
6156This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6157@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6158register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6159VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6160``s0'' and ``s1''.
6161@end defmac
6162
202d6e5f 6163@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6164Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6165requires different names for the machine instructions.
6166
6167The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6168assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
6169macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6170points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6171written in the machine description. The definition should output the
6172opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6173increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6174so that it will not be output twice.
6175
6176In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6177name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6178that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6179care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
6180@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6181
6182@findex recog_data.operand
6183If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6184elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6185
6186If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6187in the usual way.
6188@end defmac
6189
6190@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6191If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6192assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6193they will be output differently.
6194
6195Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6196extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6197elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6198The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6199template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6200by changing the contents of the vector.
6201
6202This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6203file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6204can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6205as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
6206syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6207writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6208
6209If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6210@end defmac
6211
6212@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
202d6e5f 6213
6214@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6215A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6216assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
6217RTL expression.
6218
6219@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6220of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
6221printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
6222the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6223operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6224@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6225@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6226
6227@findex reg_names
6228If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6229The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6230@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6231@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6232
6233When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6234(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6235with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6236@var{code}.
6237@end defmac
6238
6239@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6240A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6241punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
6242@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6243punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6244in this way.
6245@end defmac
6246
6247@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6248A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6249assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6250whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6251
6252@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6253On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6254section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook
6255@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6256@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler
6257Format}.
6258@end defmac
6259
6260@findex dbr_sequence_length
6261@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6262A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6263been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6264determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6265currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6266or whatever.
6267
6268Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6269reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6270explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6271@end defmac
6272
6273@findex final_sequence
6274Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6275prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6276(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6277found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6278processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6279being output.
6280
6281@findex asm_fprintf
6282@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6283@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6284@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6285@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6286If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6287@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6288@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6289support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6290files can define these macros differently.
6291@end defmac
6292
6293@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6294If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6295statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6296the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra
6297printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6298statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6299generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6300specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6301The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6302string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6303upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6304@end defmac
6305
6306@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6307If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6308different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6309numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6310first variant.
6311
6312If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6313@smallexample
6314@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6315@end smallexample
6316@noindent
6317in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6318first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs
6319@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6320@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters
6321within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer
6322alternatives within the braces than the value of
82353beb 6323@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6324to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6325@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
202d6e5f 6326
6327If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6328@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6329operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6330
6331Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6332@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6333the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define
6334@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6335if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6336opcodes or operand order.
6337@end defmac
6338
6339@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6340A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6341which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6342The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6343profiling.
6344@end defmac
6345
6346@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6347A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6348which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6349The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6350profiling.
6351@end defmac
6352
6353@node Dispatch Tables
6354@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6355
6356@c prevent bad page break with this line
6357This concerns dispatch tables.
6358
6359@cindex dispatch table
6360@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6361A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6362pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6363@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The
6364definitions of these labels are output using
6365@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6366way here. For example,
6367
6368@smallexample
6369fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6370 @var{value}, @var{rel})
6371@end smallexample
6372
6373You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6374dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC
6375will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6376@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6377mode and flags can be read.
6378@end defmac
6379
6380@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6381This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6382in a dispatch table are absolute.
6383
6384The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6385@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6386a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6387definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6388For example,
6389
6390@smallexample
6391fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6392@end smallexample
6393@end defmac
6394
6395@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6396Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6397specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
6398@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
9ddbb404 6399jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
202d6e5f 6400@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6401
6402This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6403for the table.
6404
6405If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6406@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6407@end defmac
6408
6409@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6410Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6411jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6412after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
6413the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
6414@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6415of the preceding label.
6416
6417If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6418the jump-table.
6419@end defmac
6420
6421@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
202d6e5f 6422
6423@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
202d6e5f 6424
37966699 6425@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6426
202d6e5f 6427@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
202d6e5f 6428
f3e8e368 6429@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6430
202d6e5f 6431@node Exception Region Output
6432@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6433
6434@c prevent bad page break with this line
6435
6436This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6437region.
6438
6439@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6440If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6441exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will
6442provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6443@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6444
6445You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6446unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6447@end defmac
6448
6449@defmac EH_FRAME_IN_DATA_SECTION
6450If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will be placed in the
6451data section even though the target supports named sections. This
6452might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker does garbage
6453collection and sections cannot be marked as not to be collected.
6454
6455Do not define this macro unless @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is
6456also defined.
6457@end defmac
6458
6459@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6460Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6461information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6462runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6463and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6464@end defmac
6465
6466@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6467An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6468that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6469@end defmac
6470
6471@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6472Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6473information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6474Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
d8555e79 6475@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6476GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
cc7d6aed 6477@end defmac
202d6e5f 6478
cc7d6aed 6479@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6480This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6481by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6482should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the
6483@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6484should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6485information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
202d6e5f 6486
cc7d6aed 6487A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6488This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The
6489default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
202d6e5f 6490
cc7d6aed 6491Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should
b213bf24 6492not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6493@var{opts}. In particular, the
cc7d6aed 6494setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6495macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6496depending on this setting.
6497
6498The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6499@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
b213bf24 6500@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If
6501@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6502must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
cc7d6aed 6503@end deftypefn
202d6e5f 6504
6505@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6506This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
b213bf24 6507tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by
6508command-line option processing.
202d6e5f 6509@end deftypevr
6510
202d6e5f 6511@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6512Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6513should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6514instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6515@end defmac
6516
91bb968b 6517@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6518This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6519defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6520for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6521is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6522The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6523@end defmac
6524
202d6e5f 6525@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6526This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6527function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6528@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum
6529alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and the positive
6530minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{SDB and DWARF}. Only applicable if
6531the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6532@end defmac
6533
6534@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
202d6e5f 6535
6536@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
202d6e5f 6537
d626297e 6538@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6539
202d6e5f 6540@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
202d6e5f 6541
6542@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
202d6e5f 6543
6544@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
202d6e5f 6545
6546@node Alignment Output
6547@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6548
6549@c prevent bad page break with this line
6550This describes commands for alignment.
6551
6552@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6553The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6554a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6555
6556This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6557to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6558define the macro.
6559
6560Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6561to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6562@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6563selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6564@end defmac
6565
ae2b9f1f 6566@hook TARGET_ASM_JUMP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
ae2b9f1f 6567
202d6e5f 6568@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6569The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6570a @code{BARRIER}.
6571
6572This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6573to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6574define the macro.
6575@end defmac
6576
ae2b9f1f 6577@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6578
6579@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
720b223d 6580The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6581a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
202d6e5f 6582
6583This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6584to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6585define the macro.
6586
6587Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6588to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6589@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6590selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6591@end defmac
6592
ae2b9f1f 6593@hook TARGET_ASM_LOOP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6594
6595@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6596The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6597If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6598the maximum of the specified values is used.
6599
6600Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6601to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6602@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6603selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6604@end defmac
6605
ae2b9f1f 6606@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
202d6e5f 6607
6608@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6609A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6610instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6611Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
6612expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6613@end defmac
6614
6615@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6616Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6617text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6618This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6619produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6620section.
6621@end defmac
6622
6623@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6624A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6625command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6626@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6627@end defmac
6628
6629@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6630Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6631for padding, if necessary.
6632@end defmac
6633
6634@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6635A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6636command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6637@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6638satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6639a C expression of type @code{int}.
6640@end defmac
6641
6642@need 3000
6643@node Debugging Info
6644@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6645
6646@c prevent bad page break with this line
6647This describes how to specify debugging information.
6648
6649@menu
6650* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6651* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6652* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6653* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6654* SDB and DWARF:: Macros for SDB (COFF) and DWARF formats.
6655* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format.
6656@end menu
6657
6658@node All Debuggers
6659@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6660
6661@c prevent bad page break with this line
6662These macros affect all debugging formats.
6663
6664@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6665A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6666register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value
6667of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are
6668some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6669versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6670compiler and another for DBX@.
6671
6672If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6673used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6674consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6675Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6676expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6677
6678If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6679does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6680redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6681@end defmac
6682
6683@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6684A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6685variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
6686computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6687gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
6688that produce debugging output for DBX or COFF-style debugging output
6689for SDB and allow the frame-pointer to be eliminated when the
6690@option{-g} options is used.
6691@end defmac
6692
6693@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6694A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6695having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
6696@var{offset}.
6697@end defmac
6698
6699@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6700A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6701produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define
6702this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6703debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6704@code{SDB_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF2_DEBUG},
6705@code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG}, and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6706
6707When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6708value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6709exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6710value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6711defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6712
6713The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6714user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6715@option{-gcoff}, @option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6716@end defmac
6717
6718@node DBX Options
6719@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6720
6721@c prevent bad page break with this line
6722These are specific options for DBX output.
6723
6724@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6725Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6726in response to the @option{-g} option.
6727@end defmac
6728
6729@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6730Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6731in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format.
6732@end defmac
6733
6734@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6735Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6736GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6737debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the
6738macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6739if there is any occasion to.
6740@end defmac
6741
6742@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6743Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6744in the text section.
6745@end defmac
6746
6747@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6748A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6749use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6750If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro
6751applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6752@end defmac
6753
6754@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6755A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6756use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6757value is the current location. If you don't define this macro,
6758@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6759information format.
6760@end defmac
6761
6762@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6763A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6764use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6765name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This
6766macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6767@end defmac
6768
6769@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6770Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6771@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to
6772describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6773On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6774@end defmac
6775
6776@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6777A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6778continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6779exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some
6780operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6781must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6782with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by
6783defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6784@end defmac
6785
6786@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6787Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6788the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use
6789a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6790constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro
6791if backslash is correct for your system.
6792@end defmac
6793
6794@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6795Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6796outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6797variable.
6798@end defmac
6799
6800@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6801The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6802for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6803@end defmac
6804
6805@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6806The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6807for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not
6808provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6809@end defmac
6810
6811@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6812The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6813for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any
6814``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6815@end defmac
6816
6817@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6818The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6819passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6820do this. The default is @code{'P'}.
6821@end defmac
6822
6823@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6824Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6825arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally,
6826in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6827code.
6828@end defmac
6829
6830@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6831Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6832the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6833relative to the start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses
6834an absolute address.
6835@end defmac
6836
6837@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6838Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6839the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6840start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6841@end defmac
6842
6843@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6844Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6845@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This
6846macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6847number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not
6848generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6849number for a type number.
6850@end defmac
6851
6852@node DBX Hooks
6853@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6854
6855@c prevent bad page break with this line
6856These are hooks for DBX format.
6857
202d6e5f 6858@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6859A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6860number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6861@var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6862invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6863unique labels in the assembly output.
6864
6865This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6866if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6867@end defmac
6868
6869@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6870Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6871@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6872On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6873disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6874@end defmac
6875
6876@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6877Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6878extension construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6879feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6880@end defmac
6881
6882@node File Names and DBX
6883@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6884
6885@c prevent bad page break with this line
6886This describes file names in DBX format.
6887
6888@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6889A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6890@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6891file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6892This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6893
6894This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6895for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6896
6897It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6898text section. You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6899to do so. If you do this, you must also set the variable
6900@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6901@end defmac
6902
6903@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6904Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6905of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6906the beginning of the file.
6907@end defmac
6908
6909@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6910Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6911that this object file was compiled by GCC@. The default is to emit
6912an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6913@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6914@end defmac
6915
6916@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6917A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6918compilation of the main source file @var{name}. Output should be
6919written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6920
6921If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6922of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6923@end defmac
6924
6925@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6926Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6927@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6928the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6929whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6930@end defmac
6931
6932@need 2000
6933@node SDB and DWARF
6934@subsection Macros for SDB and DWARF Output
6935
6936@c prevent bad page break with this line
6937Here are macros for SDB and DWARF output.
6938
6939@defmac SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
6940Define this macro if GCC should produce COFF-style debugging output
6941for SDB in response to the @option{-g} option.
6942@end defmac
6943
6944@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6945Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6946debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6947
6948@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
202d6e5f 6949
6950To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6951define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6952@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6953prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6954as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6955@end defmac
6956
6957@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6958Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
cc7d6aed 6959Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6960(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6961exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6962how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
202d6e5f 6963@end defmac
6964
cc7d6aed 6965@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
cc7d6aed 6966
202d6e5f 6967@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6968Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6969line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number
6970tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6971@end defmac
6972
1651aa77 6973@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6974
effa044f 6975@hook TARGET_FORCE_AT_COMP_DIR
6976
8a42230a 6977@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
6978
6979@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
6980
202d6e5f 6981@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6982A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6983@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6984@end defmac
6985
6986@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6987A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6988between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g. instruction
6989slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
6990@end defmac
6991
6992@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{section})
6993A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
6994section-relative reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the
6995given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the given @var{section}.
6996@end defmac
6997
6998@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6999A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7000reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7001@end defmac
7002
7003@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7004A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7005the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This
7006is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7007is referenced by a function.
7008@end defmac
7009
7010@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
202d6e5f 7011
7012@defmac PUT_SDB_@dots{}
7013Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special
7014SDB assembler directives. See @file{sdbout.c} for a list of these
7015macros and their arguments. If the standard syntax is used, you need
7016not define them yourself.
7017@end defmac
7018
7019@defmac SDB_DELIM
7020Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between
7021SDB assembler directives. In that case, define this macro to be the
7022delimiter to use (usually @samp{\n}). It is not necessary to define
7023a new set of @code{PUT_SDB_@var{op}} macros if this is the only change
7024required.
7025@end defmac
7026
7027@defmac SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES
7028Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure,
7029union, or enumeration tags to be emitted. Standard COFF does not
7030allow handling of unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for
7031it.
7032@end defmac
7033
7034@defmac SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES
7035Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or
7036enumeration tags that have not yet been seen to be handled. Some
7037assemblers choke if forward tags are used, while some require it.
7038@end defmac
7039
7040@defmac SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line})
7041A C statement to output SDB debugging information before code for line
7042number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
7043@var{stream}. The default is to emit an @code{.ln} directive.
7044@end defmac
7045
7046@need 2000
7047@node VMS Debug
7048@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7049
7050@c prevent bad page break with this line
7051Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7052
7053@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7054Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7055in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS
7056is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7057@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This
02e53c17 7058behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
202d6e5f 7059@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7060@end defmac
7061
7062@node Floating Point
7063@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7064@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7065@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7066
7067While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7068there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
7069means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7070in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7071doing the compilation.
7072
7073Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7074range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7075the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7076safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7077the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7078emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7079target floating point formats are identical.
7080
7081The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7082use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7083floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate
7084their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7085
7086@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7087The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7088machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7089array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7090quantity.
7091@end defmac
7092
7093@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7094Compares for equality the two values, @var{x} and @var{y}. If the target
7095floating point format supports negative zeroes and/or NaNs,
7096@samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (-0.0, 0.0)} is true, and
7097@samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (NaN, NaN)} is false.
7098@end deftypefn
7099
7100@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_LESS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7101Tests whether @var{x} is less than @var{y}.
7102@end deftypefn
7103
7104@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7105Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7106@end deftypefn
7107
7108@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7109Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If
7110@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7111@end deftypefn
7112
3754d046 7113@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
202d6e5f 7114Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7115representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both
7116decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7117defined by the C language for both.
7118@end deftypefn
7119
7120@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7121Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7122@end deftypefn
7123
7124@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7125Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7126@end deftypefn
7127
7128@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7129Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7130@end deftypefn
7131
7132@deftypefn Macro void REAL_ARITHMETIC (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{output}, enum tree_code @var{code}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7133Calculates an arithmetic operation on the two floating point values
7134@var{x} and @var{y}, storing the result in @var{output} (which must be a
7135variable).
7136
7137The operation to be performed is specified by @var{code}. Only the
7138following codes are supported: @code{PLUS_EXPR}, @code{MINUS_EXPR},
7139@code{MULT_EXPR}, @code{RDIV_EXPR}, @code{MAX_EXPR}, @code{MIN_EXPR}.
7140
7141If @code{REAL_ARITHMETIC} is asked to evaluate division by zero and the
7142target's floating point format cannot represent infinity, it will call
7143@code{abort}. Callers should check for this situation first, using
7144@code{MODE_HAS_INFINITIES}. @xref{Storage Layout}.
7145@end deftypefn
7146
7147@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7148Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7149@end deftypefn
7150
7151@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7152Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7153@end deftypefn
7154
202d6e5f 7155@node Mode Switching
7156@section Mode Switching Instructions
7157@cindex mode switching
7158The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7159
7160@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7161Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7162switching in an optimizing compilation.
7163
7164For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7165floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7166the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7167operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general
7168purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7169be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you can't put this into instruction emitting
7170or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7171
7172You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7173which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7174return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7175If you define this macro, you also have to define
cea19dab 7176@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7177@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7178@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
202d6e5f 7179are optional.
7180@end defmac
7181
7182@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7183If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7184initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element
7185N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7186of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7187The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7188zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7189entity in question.
7190In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7191represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode
7192switch is needed / supplied.
7193@end defmac
7194
cea19dab 7195@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
202d6e5f 7196
cea19dab 7197@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
202d6e5f 7198
cea19dab 7199@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
202d6e5f 7200
cea19dab 7201@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
202d6e5f 7202
cea19dab 7203@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
202d6e5f 7204
cea19dab 7205@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
202d6e5f 7206
7207@node Target Attributes
7208@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7209@cindex target attributes
7210@cindex machine attributes
7211@cindex attributes, target-specific
7212
7213Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7214These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7215be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7216
7217@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
202d6e5f 7218
7219@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
202d6e5f 7220
7221@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7222
7223@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7224
7225@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7226
7227@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7228
7229@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7230
7231@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7232Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7233@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By
7234default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7235@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation
7236of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7237on this implementation detail.
7238@end defmac
7239
7240@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
202d6e5f 7241
7242@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
202d6e5f 7243
7244@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
202d6e5f 7245
7246@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
202d6e5f 7247
7248@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
202d6e5f 7249
7250@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
202d6e5f 7251
04f989af 7252@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
202d6e5f 7253
7254@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
202d6e5f 7255
cc8ef84f 7256@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
cc8ef84f 7257
202d6e5f 7258@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
202d6e5f 7259
7260@node Emulated TLS
7261@section Emulating TLS
7262@cindex Emulated TLS
7263
7264For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7265specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7266used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7267configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance
7268the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7269layer.
7270
7271The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7272object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7273which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7274address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7275
7276@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7277
7278@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
202d6e5f 7279
7280@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
202d6e5f 7281
7282@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
202d6e5f 7283
7284@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
202d6e5f 7285
7286@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
202d6e5f 7287
7288@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
202d6e5f 7289
7290@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
202d6e5f 7291
7292@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
202d6e5f 7293
7294@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7295
7296@node MIPS Coprocessors
7297@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7298@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7299
7300The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7301coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports
7302accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7303and memory using asm-ized variables. For example:
7304
7305@smallexample
7306 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7307 unsigned int d;
7308
7309 d = cp0count + 3;
7310@end smallexample
7311
7312(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7313names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7314overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7315
7316Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7317be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7318later in the function.
7319
7320Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7321the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7322floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7323
202d6e5f 7324@node PCH Target
7325@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7326@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7327
7328@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
202d6e5f 7329
7330@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
202d6e5f 7331
7332@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
202d6e5f 7333
e5d92c9b 7334@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7335
202d6e5f 7336@node C++ ABI
7337@section C++ ABI parameters
7338@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7339
7340@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
202d6e5f 7341
7342@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
202d6e5f 7343
7344@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
202d6e5f 7345
7346@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
202d6e5f 7347
7348@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
202d6e5f 7349
7350@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
202d6e5f 7351
7352@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
202d6e5f 7353
7354@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7355
7356@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
202d6e5f 7357
7358@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
202d6e5f 7359
7360@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
202d6e5f 7361
7362@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
202d6e5f 7363
7364@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7365
7bfdbc17 7366@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7367
202d6e5f 7368@node Named Address Spaces
7369@section Adding support for named address spaces
7370@cindex named address spaces
7371
7372The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7373standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7374support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7375processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a
7376GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7377address spaces other than the default address space. These address
7378spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7379@code{const} type attributes.
7380
7381Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7382pointers to the generic address space.
7383
7384For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7385to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7386processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7387issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7388local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7389address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7390@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7391always 32 bits).
7392
7393Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7394range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7395address space.
7396
7397To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7398the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example,
7399the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7400named address space #1:
7401@smallexample
7402#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7403c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7404@end smallexample
7405
7406@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 7407
7408@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
202d6e5f 7409
7410@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
202d6e5f 7411
7412@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
202d6e5f 7413
7414@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
202d6e5f 7415
7416@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
202d6e5f 7417
7418@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
202d6e5f 7419
7420@node Misc
7421@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7422@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7423
7424@c prevent bad page break with this line
7425Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7426
7427@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7428Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7429has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7430conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7431blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7432set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7433to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7434@end defmac
7435
7436@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7437Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7438has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7439conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7440blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7441set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7442to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7443@end defmac
7444
7445@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7446An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
7447elements of a jump-table should have.
7448@end defmac
7449
7450@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7451Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7452when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this,
7453it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7454To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7455make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7456The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7457flags can be updated.
7458@end defmac
7459
7460@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7461Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7462should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if
7463jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7464contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7465is in effect.
7466@end defmac
7467
7468@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
202d6e5f 7469
202d6e5f 7470@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7471Define this macro if operations between registers with integral mode
7472smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.
7473Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7474@end defmac
7475
7476@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7477Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7478memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7479bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7480zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7481of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7482insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7483@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7484
7485This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7486greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7487value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
7488@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7489define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7490
7491You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7492the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7493of these hard registers @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero
7494when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7495integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7496
7497You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7498mode, @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7499@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7500is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7501@end defmac
7502
7503@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7504Define this macro if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7505extends.
7506@end defmac
7507
202d6e5f 7508@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
202d6e5f 7509
7510@defmac MOVE_MAX
7511The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7512between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7513@end defmac
7514
7515@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7516The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7517between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this
7518is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the
7519constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7520at run-time.
7521@end defmac
7522
7523@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7524A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7525actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7526of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
7527this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7528a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7529truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
7530instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7531include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7532also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7533arguments to bit-field instructions.
7534
7535If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7536position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7537instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7538
7539However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7540only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7541bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7542such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7543the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7544
7545You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7546@end defmac
7547
7548@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7549@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
202d6e5f 7550
7551@defmac TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (@var{outprec}, @var{inprec})
7552A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to
7553``convert'' an integer of @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec}
7554bits (where @var{outprec} is smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely
7555operating on it as if it had only @var{outprec} bits.
7556
7557On many machines, this expression can be 1.
7558
7559@c rearranged this, removed the phrase "it is reported that". this was
7560@c to fix an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
7561When @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} returns 1 for a pair of sizes for
7562modes for which @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P} is 0, suboptimal code can result.
7563If this is the case, making @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} return 0 in
7564such cases may improve things.
7565@end defmac
7566
7567@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
202d6e5f 7568
7569@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7570A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7571with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7572(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must
7573apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7574comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7575
7576A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7577comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7578and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
7579which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7580true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7581operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7582@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7583@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
7584the compiler.
7585
7586If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7587generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
7588replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7589the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7590For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7591@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7592@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7593expression
7594
7595@smallexample
7596(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7597@end smallexample
7598
7599@noindent
7600can be converted to
7601
7602@smallexample
7603(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7604@end smallexample
7605
7606@noindent
7607where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7608tested into the sign bit.
7609
7610There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7611for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7612but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
7613are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7614perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7615comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7616
7617Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7618from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
7619choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7620to be used:
7621
7622@itemize @bullet
7623@item
7624Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7625@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
7626``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7627comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7628combine the normalization with other operations.
7629
7630@item
7631For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7632slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7633other machines.
7634
7635@item
7636As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7637exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7638others.
7639
7640@item
7641Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7642@end itemize
7643
7644Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7645@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7646instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7647those cases, e.g., one matching
7648
7649@smallexample
7650(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7651@end smallexample
7652
7653Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7654condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7655@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
7656machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
7657and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7658@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
b59688ee 7659@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
202d6e5f 7660find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7661
7662If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need
7663not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7664instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7665@end defmac
7666
7667@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7668A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7669returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7670Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7671floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
7672this macro.
7673@end defmac
7674
7675@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7676A C expression that gives a rtx representing the nonzero true element
7677for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7678mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define
7679this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7680return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define
7681this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7682@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7683the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7684given mode.
7685@end defmac
7686
7687@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7688@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7689A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
15b474a2 7690for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
202d6e5f 7691A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7692If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7693evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7694entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
15b474a2 7695the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
202d6e5f 7696In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
15b474a2 7697this value.
202d6e5f 7698
7699If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7700@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7701
7702This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7703relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it
7704is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7705to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7706
7707Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7708and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7709visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7710to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7711breaking the API@.
7712@end defmac
7713
7714@defmac Pmode
7715An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
7716this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7717pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7718On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7719modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7720
7721The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7722@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7723@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7724to @code{Pmode}.
7725@end defmac
7726
7727@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7728An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7729being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines,
15b474a2 7730where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
202d6e5f 7731@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7732size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7733as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7734@end defmac
7735
7736@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7737In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7738constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some
7739hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7740where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7741strict conformance to the C Standard.
7742
7743Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7744convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7745files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7746@end defmac
7747
6adc88f8 7748@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7749
f9f68d35 7750@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7751
202d6e5f 7752@defmac NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7753Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C@.
7754This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in
7755C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in
7756@samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7757@end defmac
7758
7759@findex #pragma
7760@findex pragma
7761@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7762Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7763If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7764@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7765for each pragma. The macro may also do any
7766setup required for the pragmas.
7767
7768The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7769other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage
7770definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7771
7772If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7773defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7774
7775Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All
7776@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7777silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7778@end defmac
7779
7780@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7781@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7782
7783Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7784@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The
7785@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7786pragma of the form
7787
7788@smallexample
7789#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7790@end smallexample
7791
7792@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7793@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback
7794routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7795on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the
7796@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the
7797callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by
7798a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the
7799arguments of pragmas registered with
7800@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7801pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7802
7803Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7804compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7805other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7806to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7807building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the
7808variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7809target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name
7810the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7811code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a
7812rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7813how to build this object file.
7814@end deftypefun
7815
202d6e5f 7816@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
3e0e49f2 7817Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
202d6e5f 7818arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7819@end defmac
7820
202d6e5f 7821@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7822If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7823the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7824This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7825@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7826@end defmac
7827
7828@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7829Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7830identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is
7831not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default;
7832there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7833@end defmac
7834
202d6e5f 7835@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7836Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7837delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7838even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7839@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7840every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
7841or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7842you should define this macro.
7843
7844You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7845@end defmac
7846
7847@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7848Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7849delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7850even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7851@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
7852some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7853are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7854define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7855instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7856slot of @var{insn}.
7857
7858You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7859@end defmac
7860
7861@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7862Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7863global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7864symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For
7865instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7866from shared libraries (DLLs).
7867
7868You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7869@end defmac
7870
7871@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_CLOBBERS
202d6e5f 7872
7873@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7874Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
cb22f930 7875in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7876@samp{""} if the target does not have a
202d6e5f 7877separate math library.
7878
cb22f930 7879You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
202d6e5f 7880@end defmac
7881
7882@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7883Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7884specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7885
7886You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7887is wrong.
7888@end defmac
7889
7890@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7891Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7892functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7893Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7894to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7895if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7896for cross-profiling.
7897@end defmac
7898
7899@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7900
7901A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7902conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
7903@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
79041 if it does use cc0.
7905@end defmac
7906
7907@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7908Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7909conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7910@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7911contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr}
7912and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7913then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or
7914@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7915@end defmac
7916
7917@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7918Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7919if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7920@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7921being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7922@end defmac
7923
7924@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7925A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7926be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to
7927a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7928about the currently processed blocks.
7929@end defmac
7930
7931@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7932A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7933converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7934can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7935to by @var{ce_info}.
7936@end defmac
7937
7938@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7939A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7940converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7941can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7942to by @var{ce_info}.
7943@end defmac
7944
e2ca32a4 7945@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7946A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7947of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7948to by @var{ce_info}.
202d6e5f 7949@end defmac
7950
7951@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
202d6e5f 7952
7953@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
202d6e5f 7954
7955@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
202d6e5f 7956
7957@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7958
00a1fec8 7959@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
202d6e5f 7960
bf084459 7961@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
202d6e5f 7962
29cad3b6 7963@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7964
cc8ef84f 7965@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
cc8ef84f 7966
7967@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
cc8ef84f 7968
7969@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
cc8ef84f 7970
a04a7bec 7971@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7972
202d6e5f 7973@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7974
2a29bc01 7975@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7976
202d6e5f 7977@defmac MD_CAN_REDIRECT_BRANCH (@var{branch1}, @var{branch2})
7978
7979Take a branch insn in @var{branch1} and another in @var{branch2}.
7980Return true if redirecting @var{branch1} to the destination of
7981@var{branch2} is possible.
7982
7983On some targets, branches may have a limited range. Optimizing the
7984filling of delay slots can result in branches being redirected, and this
7985may in turn cause a branch offset to overflow.
7986@end defmac
7987
c7b4d9b2 7988@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7989
202d6e5f 7990@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
202d6e5f 7991
7992@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7993
202d6e5f 7994@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
202d6e5f 7995
7996@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
202d6e5f 7997
7998@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7999Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
8000files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will
8001use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
8002@end defmac
8003
8004@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
8005Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
8006automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you
8007do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
8008executable files.
8009@end defmac
8010
8011@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
8012If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
8013specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
8014Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
8015object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8016lists.
8017@end defmac
8018
8019@defmac MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL (@var{mdecl})
8020Define this macro to a C expression representing a variant of the
8021method call @var{mdecl}, if Java Native Interface (JNI) methods
8022must be invoked differently from other methods on your target.
8023For example, on 32-bit Microsoft Windows, JNI methods must be invoked using
8024the @code{stdcall} calling convention and this macro is then
8025defined as this expression:
8026
8027@smallexample
8028build_type_attribute_variant (@var{mdecl},
8029 build_tree_list
8030 (get_identifier ("stdcall"),
8031 NULL))
8032@end smallexample
8033@end defmac
8034
8035@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
202d6e5f 8036
8037@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS
202d6e5f 8038
8039@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CALLEE_SAVED
202d6e5f 8040
8041@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
202d6e5f 8042
8043@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
202d6e5f 8044
8045@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8046If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8047that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8048that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8049constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8050more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8051system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8052The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8053@end defmac
8054
8055@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8056This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8057target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8058are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8059The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8060@end deftypefn
8061
8062@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8063This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8064target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc}
8065indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter
8066@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter
8067@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8068@end deftypefn
8069
8070@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8071This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8072The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin
8073systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8074that are different from @option{-I}.
8075@end deftypefn
8076
8077@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8078This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8079for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8080@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8081functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8082@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8083@end defmac
8084
8085@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8086If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8087target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8088option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8089@end defmac
8090
8091@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8092If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8093@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8094@end defmac
8095
8096@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8097If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8098target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8099default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8100@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8101@end defmac
8102
8103@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8104If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8105@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8106@end defmac
8107
8108@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8109If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8110routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8111and scanf formatter settings.
8112@end defmac
8113
8114@hook TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING
202d6e5f 8115
8116@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
202d6e5f 8117
8118@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
202d6e5f 8119
8120@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
202d6e5f 8121
8122@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
202d6e5f 8123
8124@hook TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE
202d6e5f 8125
8126@hook TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE
202d6e5f 8127
8128@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
202d6e5f 8129
8130@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
202d6e5f 8131
8132@defmac TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION
8133This macro determines whether to use the JCR section to register Java
8134classes. By default, TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION is defined to 1 if both
8135SUPPORTS_WEAK and TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS are true, else 0.
8136@end defmac
8137
8138@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8139This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8140NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8141@end defmac
8142
8143@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8144Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
15b474a2 8145to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
202d6e5f 8146call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8147and the associated definitions of those functions.
8148@end defmac
8149
8150@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
202d6e5f 8151
8152@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
202d6e5f 8153
8154@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
202d6e5f 8155
8156@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
df1680c8 8157
7ad5fd20 8158@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8159
7f738025 8160@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
7f738025 8161
df1680c8 8162@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
df9f2e40 8163
8164@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
e913b5cd 8165
1e6e32b6 8166@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8167
b560fabd 8168@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
55af3bae 8169
e913b5cd 8170@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8171
8172On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
a342dbb2 8173objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8174to indicate that large integers are stored in
e913b5cd 8175@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8176very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
a342dbb2 8177is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
e913b5cd 8178representation.
8179
8180Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
a342dbb2 8181@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
e913b5cd 8182code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i
8183const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8184need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8185
8186@itemize @bullet
8187@item
8188There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8189@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md
8190language since there are a variable number of elements.
8191
8192Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8193value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8194since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there
8195are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8196instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8197However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8198code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8199not really a large change.
8200
8201@item
8202Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8203constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8204port in this code.
8205
8206@item
8207The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8208constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8209@end itemize
8210
a342dbb2 8211All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
e913b5cd 8212maintainer is familiar with.
8213
8214@end defmac